FORM 20-F
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2009
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Form 20-F
(Mark one)
|
|
|
o |
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b)
OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission file number 001-05146-01
KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)
ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS
(Translation of Registrants name into English)
The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Breitner Center, Amstelplein 2, 1096 BC Amsterdam, The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive office)
Eric Coutinho, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary to the Board of Management
+31 20 59 77232, eric.coutinho@philips.com, Breitner Center, Amstelplein 2, 1096 BC Amsterdam, The Netherlands
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Shares par value
Euro (EUR) 0.20 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
Common Shares par value Euro (EUR) 0.20 per share
(Title of class)
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
|
|
|
Class
Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
Common Shares par value EUR 0.20 per share
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
972,411,769 shares, including
47,577,915 treasury shares |
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
þ Yes o No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check
mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
o Yes þ No
Note-Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required
to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.
þ Yes o No
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP þ |
|
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by
by the International Accounting Standards Board
|
o
|
Other o |
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a large accelerated
filer, an accelerated filer, or a
non-accelerated filer. See
definition of accelerated filer and
large accelerated filer in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check
one):
Large accelerated filer þ
Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
o Item 17 þ Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
o Yes þ No
Table of contents
Introduction
2
In this report amounts are expressed in euros (euros or EUR) or in US dollars (dollars, US
$ or $).
Introduction
Specific portions of Philips Annual Report 2008 to Shareholders (the 2008 Annual Report) are
incorporated by reference in this report on Form 20-F to the extent noted herein. Philips 2008
Annual Report (except for the omitted portions thereof identified in the following sentence) is
attached hereto as Exhibit 15(d). The 2008 Annual Report is furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission for information only and the Annual Report is not filed except for such
specific portions that are expressly incorporated by reference in this Report on Form 20-F.
Furthermore, the Sustainability performance on pages 180 through 191 of the 2008 Annual Report, the
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) financial statements and related notes on pages
192 through 243 of the 2008 Annual Report, and the unconsolidated Company financial statements,
including the notes thereto, also prepared on the basis of IFRS, on pages 244 through 249 of the
2008 Annual Report, have been omitted from the version of such Report being furnished as an exhibit
to this Report on Form 20-F. The IFRS financial statements and Company financial statements have
been omitted because Philips primary consolidated accounts are prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and Philips is not required to
include in this Report on Form 20-F the IFRS financial statements, the Sustainability performance
and Company financial statements.
In presenting and discussing the Philips Groups financial position, operating results and cash
flows, management uses certain non-US GAAP financial measures like: comparable growth; adjusted
income from operations; net operating capital; net debt; cash flow before financing activities and
free cash flow. These non-US GAAP financial measures should not be viewed in isolation as
alternatives to the equivalent US GAAP measure and should be used in conjunction with the most
directly comparable US GAAP measure(s). Unless otherwise indicated in this document, a discussion
of the non-US GAAP measures included in this document and a reconciliation of such measures to the
most directly comparable US GAAP measure(s) is contained under the heading Reconciliation of
non-US GAAP information in item 5.
Forward-looking statements
Pursuant to provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995,
Philips is providing the following cautionary statement. This document, including the portions of
the 2008 Annual Report incorporated hereby, contains certain forward-looking statements with
respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Philips and certain of
the plans and objectives of Philips with respect to these items, in particular, among other
statements, certain statements in Item 4 Information on the Company with regard to management
objectives, market trends, market standing, product volumes and business risks, the statements in
Item 8 Financial Information relating to legal proceedings, the statements in Item 5 Operating
and Financial Review and Prospects with regard to trends in results of operations, margins,
overall market trends, risk management, exchange rates and statements in Item 11 Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks relating to risk caused by derivative positions,
interest rate fluctuations and other financial exposure are forward-looking in nature.
Forward-looking statements can be identified generally as those containing words such as
anticipates, assumes, believes, estimates, expects, should, will, will likely
result, forecast, outlook, projects or similar expressions. By their nature, forward-looking
statements involve risk and uncertainty, because they relate to events and depend on circumstances
that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and
developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking
statements.
These factors include, but are not limited to domestic and global economic and business conditions,
particularly in light of the ongoing recessionary condition prevailing in many markets, the
successful implementation of our strategy and our ability to realize the benefits of this strategy,
our ability to develop and market new products, changes in legislation, legal claims, changes in
exchange and interest rates, changes in tax rates, pension costs, raw materials and employee costs,
our ability to identify and complete successful acquisitions and to integrate those acquisitions
into our business, our ability to successfully exit certain businesses or restructure our
operations, the rate of technological changes, political, economic and other developments in
countries where Philips operates, industry consolidation and competition. As a result, Philips
actual future results may differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations set forth in
such forward-looking statements. See also Item 3 Key information Risk factors.
Third-party market share data
Statements regarding market share, including those regarding Philips competitive position,
contained in this document are based on outside sources such as specialized research institutes,
industry and dealer panels in combination with management estimates. Where full-year information
regarding 2008 is not yet available to Philips, those statements may also be based on estimates and
projections prepared by outside sources or management. Rankings are based on sales unless otherwise
stated.
Fair value information
In presenting the Philips Groups financial position, fair values are used for the measurement of
various items in accordance with the applicable accounting standards. These fair values are based
on market prices, where available, and are obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable.
Readers are cautioned that these values are subject to changes over time and are only valid at the
balance sheet date. When an observable market value does not exist, fair values are estimated using
valuation models, which we believe are appropriate for their purpose. They require management to
make significant assumptions with respect to future developments which are inherently uncertain and
may therefore deviate from actual developments. Critical assumptions used are disclosed in the
financial statements. In certain cases, independent valuations are obtained to support managements
determination of fair values.
3
Part I
Item 1. Identity of directors, senior management, advisors and auditors
Not applicable.
Item 2. Offer statistics and expected timetable
Not applicable.
|
|
|
Item 3. |
|
Key information
Selected consolidated financial data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected financial data as at and for the years ended December 31, |
|
|
|
20041) |
|
|
20051) |
|
|
20061) |
|
|
20071) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
2008(a) |
|
in millions, except per share data and ratio data |
|
EUR |
|
|
EUR |
|
|
EUR |
|
|
EUR |
|
|
EUR |
|
|
|
US $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
24,488 |
|
|
|
25,445 |
|
|
|
26,682 |
|
|
|
26,793 |
|
|
|
26,385 |
|
|
|
|
37,183 |
|
Income from Operations (IFO) |
|
|
1,731 |
|
|
|
1,549 |
|
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
|
447 |
|
Financial income and expenses-net |
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
2,613 |
|
|
|
(225 |
) |
|
|
|
(317 |
) |
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
|
|
3,163 |
|
|
|
2,872 |
|
|
|
899 |
|
|
|
4,593 |
|
|
|
(178 |
) |
|
|
|
(251 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations |
|
|
(328 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
4,482 |
|
|
|
(433 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
Net income (loss) |
|
|
2,835 |
|
|
|
2,861 |
|
|
|
5,381 |
|
|
|
4,160 |
|
|
|
(186 |
) |
|
|
|
(262 |
) |
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding (in thousands) |
|
|
1,280,251 |
|
|
|
1,249,956 |
|
|
|
1,174,925 |
|
|
|
1,086,128 |
|
|
|
991,420 |
|
|
|
|
991,420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per Common Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
|
|
2.47 |
|
|
|
2.30 |
|
|
|
0.77 |
|
|
|
4.23 |
|
|
|
(0.18 |
) |
|
|
|
(0.25 |
) |
Net income (loss) |
|
|
2.22 |
|
|
|
2.29 |
|
|
|
4.58 |
|
|
|
3.83 |
|
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
|
|
|
(0.26 |
) |
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding on a diluted basis (in thousands) |
|
|
1,283,716 |
|
|
|
1,253,330 |
|
|
|
1,182,784 |
|
|
|
1,097,435 |
|
|
|
997,720 |
|
|
|
|
997,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per Common Share: (b) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
|
|
2.46 |
|
|
|
2.29 |
|
|
|
0.76 |
|
|
|
4.19 |
|
|
|
(0.18) |
2) |
|
|
|
(0.25) |
2) |
Net income (loss) |
|
|
2.21 |
|
|
|
2.28 |
|
|
|
4.55 |
|
|
|
3.79 |
|
|
|
(0.19) |
2) |
|
|
|
(0.26) |
2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
30,705 |
|
|
|
33,861 |
|
|
|
38,451 |
|
|
|
36,286 |
|
|
|
33,041 |
|
|
|
|
46,563 |
|
Short-term debt |
|
|
961 |
|
|
|
1,167 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
|
|
2,345 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
|
1,010 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
3,552 |
|
|
|
3,320 |
|
|
|
3,006 |
|
|
|
1,212 |
|
|
|
3,441 |
|
|
|
|
4,849 |
|
Short-term provisions (c) |
|
|
731 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
|
876 |
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
1,060 |
|
|
|
|
1,494 |
|
Long-term provisions (c) |
|
|
1,896 |
|
|
|
1,853 |
|
|
|
2,405 |
|
|
|
2,712 |
|
|
|
2,909 |
|
|
|
|
4099 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
69 |
|
Stockholders equity |
|
|
14,835 |
|
|
|
16,634 |
|
|
|
22,963 |
|
|
|
21,642 |
|
|
|
16,243 |
|
|
|
|
22,890 |
|
Capital stock |
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
228 |
|
|
|
228 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
1,392 |
|
|
|
1,147 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
1,519 |
|
|
|
1,495 |
|
|
|
|
2,107 |
|
Net cash (used for) provided by investing
activities |
|
|
1,337 |
|
|
|
1,694 |
|
|
|
(2,802 |
) |
|
|
3,930 |
|
|
|
(3,101 |
) |
|
|
|
(4,370 |
) |
Net cash used for financing
Activities |
|
|
(2,145 |
) |
|
|
(2,589 |
) |
|
|
(3,715 |
) |
|
|
(2,368 |
) |
|
|
(3,575 |
) |
|
|
|
(5,038 |
) |
Cash provided by (used for) continuing
Operations |
|
|
584 |
|
|
|
252 |
|
|
|
(6,187 |
) |
|
|
3,081 |
|
|
|
(5,181 |
) |
|
|
|
(7,301 |
) |
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies on page 136 of
the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18.
|
|
2) |
|
In 2008, the incremental shares from assumed conversion are not taken into account as the effect
would be antidilutive. |
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20041) |
|
|
20051) |
|
|
20061) |
|
|
20071) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations (in millions of euros) |
|
|
1,731 |
|
|
|
1,549 |
|
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Turnover rate of net operating capital 2) |
|
|
5.31 |
|
|
|
4.95 |
|
|
|
3.11 |
|
|
|
2.64 |
|
|
|
1.72 |
|
Inventories as a % of sales |
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
Outstanding trade receivables (in days sales) |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
Net income (loss) as a % of stockholders equity |
|
|
19.1 |
|
|
|
17.2 |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
|
19.2 |
|
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
Income (loss) from continuing operations as a % of stockholders equity (ROE) |
|
|
22.7 |
|
|
|
18.4 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
21.0 |
|
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
Ratio net debt : group equity 2) |
|
|
2:98 |
|
|
|
(4):104 |
|
|
|
(10):110 |
|
|
|
(32):132 |
|
|
|
3:97 |
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18.
|
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5, which is incorporated herein by
reference, for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP
measure(s). |
Definitions:
|
|
|
|
|
Turnover rate of net
operating capital
|
|
:
|
|
sales divided by average net operating capital (calculated on the quarterly balance sheet positions) |
Net operating capital*
|
|
|
|
total assets excluding assets from discontinued operations less (a) cash and cash equivalents, (b)
deferred tax assets, (c) other non-current financial assets, (d) investments in equity accounted
investees, and after deduction of (e) provisions excluding deferred tax liabilities, (f) accounts
and notes payable, (g) accrued liabilities, (h) current/non-current liabilities and (i) trading
securities. |
|
|
|
|
Philips believes that an understanding of the Philips groups financial condition is enhanced by
the disclosure of net operating capital (NOC), as this figure is used by Philips management to
evaluate the capital efficiency of the Philips Group and its operating sectors. Net operating
capital is defined as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20041) |
|
|
20051) |
|
|
20061) |
|
|
20071) |
|
|
2008 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
2,307 |
|
|
|
3,541 |
|
|
|
5,536 |
|
|
|
6,289 |
|
|
|
11,676 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
2,768 |
|
|
|
2,999 |
|
|
|
3,084 |
|
|
|
3,180 |
|
|
|
3,484 |
|
Remaining assets* |
|
|
8,776 |
|
|
|
9,681 |
|
|
|
10,712 |
|
|
|
11,333 |
|
|
|
11,136 |
|
Provisions** |
|
|
(2,445 |
) |
|
|
(2,347 |
) |
|
|
(2,684 |
) |
|
|
(2,417 |
) |
|
|
(2,804 |
) |
Other liabilities*** |
|
|
(7,142 |
) |
|
|
(8,433 |
) |
|
|
(8,129 |
) |
|
|
(7,799 |
) |
|
|
(8,625 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital |
|
|
4,264 |
|
|
|
5,441 |
|
|
|
8,519 |
|
|
|
10,586 |
|
|
|
14,867 |
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of
intercompany profit eliminations on inventories. For more information, see
Reclassifications and revisions under the section Significant accounting
policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
* |
|
Remaining assets includes all other current and
non-current assets on the balance sheet, except for intangible assets and
property, plant and equipment and excludes deferred tax assets, cash and
cash equivalents and trading securities |
|
** |
|
Excluding deferred tax liabilities |
|
*** |
|
Other liabilities includes other current and
non-current liabilities on the balance sheet, except for short-term and
long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
ROE
|
|
:
|
|
income from continuing operations as a % of average stockholders equity |
Net debt*
|
|
:
|
|
long-term and short-term debt net of cash and cash equivalents |
Group equity
|
|
:
|
|
stockholders equity and minority interests |
Net debt: group |
|
|
|
|
Equity ratio*
|
|
:
|
|
the % distribution of net debt over group equity plus net debt |
|
|
|
* |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5, which is incorporated herein by
reference, for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP measures to the most directly comparable US
GAAP measure(s). |
|
(a) |
|
For the convenience of the reader, the euro amounts have been converted into US dollars at
the exchange rate used for balance sheet purposes at December 31, 2008 (US $1 = EUR 0.7096). |
|
(b) |
|
See Note 8 of Notes to the US GAAP consolidated financial statements of the Philips Group
on page 155 of the 2008 Annual Report incorporated herein by reference for a discussion of net
income per common share on a diluted basis. |
|
(c) |
|
Includes provision for pensions, severance payments, restructurings, Asbestos related claims
and taxes among other items; see Note 19 of Notes to the US GAAP consolidated financial
statements of the Philips Group on page 159 of the 2008 Annual Report incorporated herein by
reference. |
5
Cash dividends and distributions paid per Common Share
The following table sets forth in euros the gross dividends and cash distributions paid on the
Common Shares in the financial years indicated (from prior-year profit distribution) and such
amounts as converted into US dollars and paid to holders of Shares of New York registry:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In EUR |
|
|
0.36 |
|
|
|
0.40 |
|
|
|
0.44 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.70 |
|
In US $ |
|
|
0.44 |
|
|
|
0.51 |
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
|
1.09 |
|
A proposal will be submitted to the 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to declare a
distribution in cash of EUR 0.70 per common share from the retained earnings. We currently estimate
a distribution of approximately EUR 646 million. A loss of EUR 186 million will be accounted for in
retained earnings.
In 2008 a dividend of EUR 0.70 per common share (EUR 720 million) was paid in respect of the
financial year 2007.
The dollar equivalent of this cash distribution to be paid to shareholders in the year 2009 will be
calculated at the euro/dollar rate of the official Amsterdam daily fixing rate (transfer rate) on
the date fixed and announced for that purpose by the Company, expected to be April 2, 2009. The
dollar equivalents of the prior year profit distributions paid to shareholders have been calculated
at the euro/dollar rate of the official Amsterdam daily fixing rate (transfer rate) on the date
fixed and announced for that purpose by the Company.
Exchange rates US $ : EUR
The following two tables set forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information
concerning the exchange rate for US dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate in New York
City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York (the Noon Buying Rate). The Noon Buying Rate on February 13, 2009 was
EUR 0.7765 per US $1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
calendar period |
|
EUR per US $1 |
|
|
|
period end |
|
|
average(1) |
|
|
high |
|
|
low |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
0.7938 |
|
|
|
0.8782 |
|
|
|
0.9652 |
|
|
|
0.7938 |
|
2004 |
|
|
0.7387 |
|
|
|
0.8014 |
|
|
|
0.8474 |
|
|
|
0.7339 |
|
2005 |
|
|
0.8445 |
|
|
|
0.8046 |
|
|
|
0.8571 |
|
|
|
0.7421 |
|
2006 |
|
|
0.7577 |
|
|
|
0.7906 |
|
|
|
0.8432 |
|
|
|
0.7504 |
|
2007 |
|
|
0.6848 |
|
|
|
0.7259 |
|
|
|
0.7750 |
|
|
|
0.6729 |
|
2008 |
|
|
0.7184 |
|
|
|
0.6844 |
|
|
|
0.8035 |
|
|
|
0.6246 |
|
2009 (through January) |
|
|
0.7810 |
|
|
|
0.7810 |
|
|
|
0.7810 |
|
|
|
0.7171 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last day of each month during the period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
highest |
|
|
lowest |
|
|
|
rate |
|
|
rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 2008
|
|
|
0.6821 |
|
|
|
0.6423 |
|
September 2008
|
|
|
0.7174 |
|
|
|
0.6786 |
|
October 2008
|
|
|
0.8035 |
|
|
|
0.7113 |
|
November 2008
|
|
|
0.7984 |
|
|
|
0.7669 |
|
December 2008
|
|
|
0.7915 |
|
|
|
0.6965 |
|
January 2009
|
|
|
0.7810 |
|
|
|
0.7171 |
|
Philips publishes its financial statements in euros while a substantial portion of its net assets,
earnings and sales are denominated in other currencies. Philips conducts its business in more than
50 different currencies.
6
Unless otherwise stated, for the convenience of the reader the translations of euros into dollars
appearing in this report have been made based on the closing rate on December 31, 2008 (US $1 = EUR
0.7096). This rate is not materially different from the Noon Buying Rate on such date (US $1 = EUR
0.7184).
The following table sets out the exchange rate for US dollars into euros applicable for translation
of Philips financial statements for the periods specified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EUR per US $1 |
|
|
|
period end |
|
|
average(a) |
|
|
high |
|
|
low |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
0.7943 |
|
|
|
0.8854 |
|
|
|
0.9543 |
|
|
|
0.7943 |
|
2004 |
|
|
0.7350 |
|
|
|
0.8050 |
|
|
|
0.8465 |
|
|
|
0.7350 |
|
2005 |
|
|
0.8435 |
|
|
|
0.8053 |
|
|
|
0.8491 |
|
|
|
0.7613 |
|
2006 |
|
|
0.7591 |
|
|
|
0.7935 |
|
|
|
0.8375 |
|
|
|
0.7579 |
|
2007 |
|
|
0.6790 |
|
|
|
0.7272 |
|
|
|
0.7694 |
|
|
|
0.6756 |
|
2008 |
|
|
0.7096 |
|
|
|
0.6832 |
|
|
|
0.7740 |
|
|
|
0.6355 |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The average rates are based on daily quotations. |
Risk factors
The information on risk factors required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein from
pages 96 through 102 of the 2008 Annual Report under the heading Risk categories and factors.
It describes some of the risks that could affect Philips businesses. The risk factors and the
cautionary statements contained in the section entitled Introduction on page 3 should be
considered in connection with any forward-looking statements contained in Philips Annual Report on
Form 20-F. Forward-looking statements can be identified generally as those containing words such as
anticipates, assumes, believes, estimates, expects, should, will, will likely
result, forecast, outlook, projects or similar expressions. From time to time, Philips may
also provide oral or written forward-looking statements in other materials Philips releases to the
public. The cautionary statements contained in Introduction are deemed to apply to these
statements.
The risks described are not the only ones that Philips faces. Some risks are not yet known to
Philips and certain risks that Philips does not currently believe to be material could later turn
out to be material. All of these risks could materially affect Philips business, its revenues,
operating income, net income, net assets and liquidity and capital resources.
7
Item 4. Information on the Company
The
structure of the Philips Group
The information under the heading Business Overview in this item 4, Discontinued operations in
item 5, the information on capital expenditure under the heading Cash flow in item 5, page 50
under the heading Acquisitions and divestments of the 2008 Annual Report, pages 254 through 261
under the heading Corporate governance of the 2008 Annual Report, and the information under note
2 Acquisitions and divestments on pages 143 through 148 of the 2008 Annual Report is incorporated
herein by reference. The registered office of Royal Philips Electronics is Groenewoudseweg 1, 5621
BA Eindhoven, The Netherlands. Our phone number is +31 20 5977777.
Business Overview
The information under the heading Operating and financial review and prospects in item 5 is
incorporated herein by reference. The description of industry terms contained in Exhibit 15(c) to
this Report on Form 20-F is also incorporated herein by reference.
Philips Structure
Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (the Company) is the parent company of the Philips Group
(Philips or the Group). Its shares are listed on the stock markets of Euronext Amsterdam and
the New York Stock Exchange. The management of the Company is entrusted to the Board of Management
under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.
Philips activities in the field of health and well-being are organized on a sector basis, with
each operating sector Healthcare, Consumer Lifestyle and Lighting being responsible for the
management of its businesses worldwide.
The Company aims, through the Innovation & Emerging Businesses sector, to invest in projects that
are not currently part of the operating sectors, but which will lead to additional organic growth
or create value through future spin-offs.
The Group Management & Services sector provides the sectors with support through shared service
centers. Furthermore, country management supports the creation of value, connecting Philips with
key stakeholders, especially our employees, customers, government and society. This sector also
includes global service units, pensions and global brand campaign activities.
At the end of 2008, Philips had approximately 155 production sites in 29 countries, sales and
service outlets in approximately 100 countries, and some 121,000 employees.
Reclassifications
As of January 1, 2008, Philips activities are organized on a sector basis, with each operating
sector Healthcare, Consumer Lifestyle and Lighting being responsible for the management of
its businesses worldwide. The Healthcare sector brings together the former Medical Systems division
and Home Healthcare Solutions (formerly Consumer Healthcare Solutions) which has been transferred
from Innovation & Emerging Businesses. The former Consumer Electronics and Domestic Appliances and
Personal Care divisions have been integrated in the Consumer Lifestyle sector. In addition, key
financials of the segment Television, part of the sector Consumer Lifestyle, have been disclosed
separately. As a consequence of the aforementioned, prior-year financials have been restated.
Product sectors and principal products
The information under the heading Operating and financial review and prospects in item 5 is
incorporated herein by reference.
8
Healthcare
→ Healthcare challenges present major opportunity
→ Addressing care cycles cardiology, oncology and womens health
→ Home healthcare a core part of our healthcare strategy
→ Acquisition and integration of Respironics
→ Strengthened presence in emerging markets
The future of healthcare is one of the most pressing global issues of our time. Around the globe,
societies are facing the growing reality and burden of increasing and in some cases aging
populations, as well as the upward spiraling costs of keeping us in good health. Worldwide, many
more people live longer with chronic disease such as cardiovascular diseases, cancer, diabetes
than in the past. Aging and unhealthy lifestyles are also contributing to the rise of chronic
diseases, putting even more pressure on our healthcare systems. At the same time, we are facing a
global and growing deficit of healthcare professionals.
These challenges present us with an enormous opportunity. We focus our business on addressing the
evolving needs of the healthcare market by developing innovative products and technologies that
contribute to improved healthcare, at lower cost, around the world.
Healthcare landscape
The global healthcare market is dynamic and growing. Over the past three decades, the healthcare
industry has grown faster than Western world GDP, and has also experienced high rates of growth in
emerging markets such as China and India. Rising healthcare costs present a major challenge to
society. The industry is looking to address this through continued innovation, both in traditional
care settings and also in the field of home healthcare. This approach will not only help to reduce
the burden on health systems, but will also help to provide a more comforting and therapeutic
environment for patient care.
The healthcare market is not, however, immune from developments in the macro-economic environment.
The recent global downturn has had a significant impact on the healthcare industry. Hospitals and
other healthcare providers are struggling with reimbursement pressures and reduced direct
government spending due to budgetary constraints. At the same time, tighter credit markets have
resulted in greater scrutiny on capital purchases. These rapidly changing market dynamics adversely
affected us and our competitors in 2008 and will continue to have an impact in 2009. In North
America, for example, the availability of capital financing is expected to remain limited for the
foreseeable future.
How we make a difference
Philips distinctive approach to healthcare starts by looking beyond the technology to the people
patients and care providers and the medical problems they face. By gaining deep insights into
how patients and clinicians experience healthcare, we are able to identify market and clinical
needs. In response, we can develop more intuitive, more affordable, and in the end better
technology solutions to help take some of the complexity out of healthcare. This results in better
diagnosis, more appropriate treatment planning, faster patient recovery and long-term health. We
try to simplify healthcare through combining our clinical expertise with human insights to develop
meaningful innovations that ultimately help to improve the quality of peoples lives.
With a growing presence in cardiology, oncology, and womens health, we focus on the fundamental
health problems with which people are confronted, such as congestive heart failure, lung and breast
cancers and coronary artery disease. Our focus is to deliver value across the complete cycle of
care: from disease prevention to screening and diagnosis through to treatment, monitoring and
health management. Philips is dedicated to making an impact wherever care happens, within the
hospital critical care, emergency care and surgery and, as importantly, in the home.
The high-growth sector of home healthcare is a core part of Philips healthcare strategy. Philips
Home Healthcare Solutions provides innovative products and services for the home that connect
patients to their healthcare providers and support individuals at risk in the home through better
awareness, diagnosis, treatment, monitoring, and management of their conditions. We provide
solutions that improve the quality of life for aging adults, for people with chronic illnesses and
for their caregivers, by enabling healthier, independent living at home.
About Philips Healthcare
Philips is one of the top-tier players in the healthcare technology market (based on sales)
alongside General Electric (GE) and Siemens. Our new Healthcare sector brings together our former
Medical Systems division and our growing Home Healthcare Solutions business. Consolidating these
businesses, combined with additional acquisitions of complementary, high-growth healthcare
companies, has created a Healthcare sector with sales in 2008 of more than EUR 7.6 billion. It has
also created global leadership positions in areas such as cardiac care, acute care and home
healthcare.
9
Philips Healthcares current activities are organized across five businesses:
|
|
Imaging Systems x-ray, computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance (MR) imaging, and
nuclear medicine imaging equipment |
|
|
|
Clinical Care Systems ultrasound imaging, hospital respiratory systems, cardiac care
systems and childrens medical ventures |
|
|
|
Home Healthcare Solutions sleep management and respiratory care, medical alert services,
remote cardiac services, remote patient management |
|
|
|
Healthcare Informatics and Patient Monitoring healthcare informatics, patient monitoring
systems and image management services |
|
|
|
Customer Services consultancy, clinical services, education, equipment financing, asset
management and equipment maintenance and repair. |
We are continually striving to improve the organizational structure of our Healthcare businesses,
particularly in light of the current economic climate. In late 2008, we set forth a plan to help
reduce complexity in the organization, streamlining the management structure and increasing our
speed of execution. This will position us for a stronger future as we pursue our ambitious
strategic targets.
Products and services are sold to healthcare providers around the world, including academic,
enterprise and stand-alone institutions, clinics, physicians, home healthcare agencies and consumer
retailers. Marketing, sales and service channels are mainly direct.
The United States is the largest healthcare market, currently representing close to 50% of the
global market, followed by Japan and Germany.
The healthcare market is subject to some seasonality as a relatively large proportion of revenue is
recognized in the fourth quarter (on a calendar basis), mainly reflecting public/governmental
budget spending.
Philips Healthcare employs approximately 36,000 employees worldwide.
The information on the sourcing of the sector Healthcare under the heading Operating and financial
review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by reference.
Progress against targets
In 2007 a number of key targets have been set out for Philips Healthcare in 2008. The advances made
in addressing these are outlined below.
Extract
value from acquisitions through successful integration
In 2008, Philips took a significant step in strengthening its Home Healthcare Solutions business by
acquiring Respironics, a provider of innovative respiratory and sleep therapy solutions for
hospital and home use. This acquisition, the largest in Philips history, gives us a leading
position in the fast-growing areas of sleep management, respiratory care and non-invasive
ventilation. The integration process will continue in 2009, yet we have already been able to
extract value, e.g. in the form of positive contributions to sales and earnings.
Philips also finalized the acquisition of VISICU Inc., a provider of remote critical care
monitoring, in 2008, as well as acquiring Northern Ireland-based TOMCAT Systems Ltd., a company
that offers a software solution to collect and aggregate data relating to cardiac care. Leveraging
the TOMCAT platform, the Philips Cardiovascular Information System launched in the fourth quarter
of 2008 helps hospitals achieve a high standard of patient care throughout the cardiovascular care
continuum.
Expand
presence in emerging markets
In 2008, Philips strengthened its presence in emerging markets by acquiring the following
businesses: India-based Alpha X-Ray Technologies, a leading manufacturer of cardiovascular X-Ray
systems targeting the economy segment of the Indian market; Brazil-based Dixtal Biomédica e
Tecnologia, a manufacturer of in-hospital patient monitoring, anesthesia, ventilation equipment and
electrocardiographs (ECG) as well as other sensors for vital sign measurements; and Chinese patient
monitoring company Shenzhen Goldway, Inc., which brings a strong portfolio of economy- and
mid-range patient monitors. Toward the end of the year, Philips announced the acquisition of
India-based Meditronics, a leading manufacturer of general X-ray systems for the economy segment in
India.
Cultivate
leadership talent and recognize and reward top talent
In 2008, we further strengthened our focus on developing key leadership talent within Philips
Healthcare. We have achieved our objective to identify and attract more than 30 new top
potentials to our talent pool. We also continued to enable personal development through stretch
assignments and broadening experiences (86% of all moves of top potentials in 2008 were to a new
function, new business or new country). In addition, Healthcare launched the new career compass
which transparently lays out the
10
career paths for our key leadership talent depending on a choice to grow in either a functional
area or develop on a general management track.
We have also achieved our 2008 target of having 15% of the Philips Healthcare executive pool
comprised of females, up from 9% in 2004 when this goal was set. Furthermore, we have strengthened
our focus on talent inflow and leadership development in our emerging markets, which will be one of
the main focus areas to successfully enable our growth plans.
Healthcare also continued year-over-year improvement in employee engagement and leadership.
Employee engagement improved to 67% favorable, from 64% in 2007, only three points off the external
benchmark for high-performing companies. Our index measuring the leadership effectiveness of
managers as perceived by employees also showed another year of strong improvement with 68%
favorable, up five points from 2007.
Deliver
on care cycle solutions from the hospital to the home
Cardiology
Philips cardiology solutions help simplify diagnosis, treatment and monitoring of a range of
cardiac conditions. We simplify and reduce time to treatment for heart-attack victims, with
innovative, time-saving offerings that span from discovery whether in the field by a paramedic
or in the emergency department by a clinician to treatment in the catheterization lab. With our
advanced 16-lead ECG, unique 3D ultrasound visualization, vivid computed tomography (CT) scans, and
IT workflow solutions we provide efficient and timely triage for chronic cardiac patients. And by
enabling surgeons to view live 3D ultrasound scans of the beating heart, we assist in procedure
planning and help reduce the need for invasive valve replacement. Our multi-purpose catheterization
labs provide advanced solutions for a wide range of minimally-invasive procedures, ranging from
balloon angioplasty and stenting to structural heart repair and electrophysiology. Lastly, our
remote monitoring tools and services make it possible to monitor and support chronic cardiac
patients in the convenience of their own homes.
Oncology
One of the areas of focus for our Oncology segment is colorectal cancer, one of the leading causes
of death globally. Death from colorectal cancer can largely be prevented; however, the central
issue is that too few patients receive screening. In the US, optical colonoscopy is an approved and
reimbursed procedure recommended for anyone over the age of 50, but since it is such an invasive
procedure, only about one-third of people who are eligible actually have it done. Leveraging
computed tomography (CT) for virtual colonoscopy, Philips is seeking to make this procedure
accurate and patient-friendly, with a goal to increase screening participation. A more comfortable
exam for patients, virtual colonoscopy avoids the need for sedation meaning patients can return
to work immediately after the procedure.
Womens health
Philips is committed to developing technologies to enhance solutions for womens specific
conditions and diseases, such as breast cancer. Breast imaging, for example, benefits from a
multi-modality approach. Clinicians are increasingly relying on multiple imaging technologies to
screen for, diagnose and treat breast cancer. In addition to unveiling a new MRI scanner, the
Achieva 3.0T TX, in 2008 Philips showcased its comprehensive portfolio of Breast Health solutions,
including MammoDiagnost DR, iU22 Breast Ultrasound, MR Elite Breast and GEMINI TF Big Bore PET/CT.
Regulatory requirements
Philips Healthcare is subject to extensive regulation. It strives for full compliance with
regulatory product approval and quality system requirements in every market it serves by addressing
specific terms and conditions of local ministry of health or federal regulatory authorities,
including agencies like the US FDA, EU Competent Authorities and Japanese MLHW. Environmental and
sustainability requirements like the European Unions Waste from Electrical and Electronic
Equipment (WEEE) and Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) directives are met with
comprehensive EcoDesign and manufacturing programs to reduce the use of hazardous materials.
Strategy
and 2009 objectives
Philips Healthcare will play an important role in the realization of Philips strategic ambitions.
For 2009 and beyond, Healthcare has put in place a number of specific value-creating initiatives
which it will drive via the axes Drive performance, Accelerate change and Implement strategy:
|
|
Improve margins through acceleration of operational improvements |
|
|
|
Grow faster than our markets through investments in key market segments |
|
|
|
Deliver value to our customers and shareholders by effective integration of acquisitions |
|
|
|
Enhance engagement of our workforce. |
The information on the financial performance of the sector Healthcare under the heading Operating
and financial review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by reference.
11
Consumer Lifestyle
→ Consumer markets heavily impacted by downturn
→ Integration of former CE and DAP
→ Refocused approach to Television based on differentiation
→ Market and customer-driven portfolio choices
Todays consumers want to enjoy a healthy life balance to look and feel good, and to benefit
emotionally from rich, pleasurable technology experiences, both at home and on the move.
The pursuit of personal health and well-being is a universal trend. It represents a significant
proportion of the total global consumer spend and the broad consumer lifestyle market in
particular, which is itself nearly three times larger than the market for our existing consumer
businesses. It is creating a market in both developed and emerging economies, is growing at a
faster pace than the overall consumer goods market, and therefore represents a formidable platform
for sustainable growth.
Lifestyle
retail landscape
The lifestyle retail landscape continues to evolve, with Brazil, China and India emerging as major
retail markets and retailers driving their expansion, both into new geographies, as well as into
the online segment.
Our new Consumer Lifestyle sector, launched on January 1, 2008, reflects Philips evolution from a
technology business to one that focuses on peoples health and well-being. Through the application
of design and validated consumer insight, we develop innovative solutions that help to fulfill
peoples lifestyle needs and desires.
Clearly, markets around the world both mature and emerging were hit hard by the steep
downturn in the second half of the year, with its sharp decline in consumer confidence and consumer
spending, a situation that is expected to continue in 2009. This had a heavy impact on our Consumer
Lifestyle sector. Now more than ever, focus, flexibility and differentiation remain key to gaining
and maintaining market leadership.
About
Philips Consumer Lifestyle
The Philips Consumer Lifestyle sector was launched following the integration of the former Domestic
Appliances & Personal Care and Consumer Electronics divisions. The sector is organized around its
markets, customers and consumers, with its businesses focused on value creation through category
development, and its functions concentrating on value delivery through operational excellence,
albeit with a lower fixed-cost base. A delayered management structure has increased the span of
control of the sectors leadership, creating greater employee empowerment to help drive Consumer
Lifestyle forward.
The market-driven approach is applied with particular emphasis at local level, enabling the sales
organizations to operate with shorter lines of communication with the sectors six businesses. This
also promotes customer-centricity in day-to-day operations. The grouping of local sales activities
within three sales clusters Western Europe & North America, Growth (including the emerging
markets of China, India, Russia, Latin America, Poland, Turkey and Ukraine) and International
with each cluster defined by the individual market characteristics, enables Consumer Lifestyle to
address a variety of dynamics in both its mature and emerging markets.
In 2008 the sector consisted of the following areas of business:
|
|
Television experience television (including the new Aurea II, Ambilight and ultra-thin
Essence TV ranges), lifestyle television, professional and business display solutions |
|
|
|
Shaving & Beauty electric shavers, female depilation appliances, haircare and male
grooming products, vitality solutions (including the Wake-Up light) |
|
|
|
Audio & Video Multimedia home and portable audio and video entertainment, including
Blu-ray Disc playback, MP3 and MP4 players, and docking stations for portable entertainment
devices |
|
|
|
Domestic Appliances kitchen appliances, floor care, garment care, water and air
purifiers, beverage appliances |
|
|
|
Health & Wellness oral healthcare, mother and childcare, relationship care |
|
|
|
Peripherals & Accessories mobility accessories (including headphones, portable audio
accessories), remote controls, PC peripherals, digital picture frames, audio and video
communications (including DECT and VoIP digital cordless phones). |
We also partner with leading companies from other fields, such as Sara Lee/Douwe Egberts, Nivea
Beiersdorf and Swarovski, in order to deliver customer-focused appliance/consumable combinations.
Consumer Lifestyle has continued its business with international key accounts, particularly in
emerging markets. The introduction of flagship online stores for Consumer Lifestyle products has
added a key touch-point to the consumer brand experience.
12
With our extensive product portfolio, we are able to service traditional and emerging distribution
channels, e.g. general retailers, electronic retailers, mass merchants, retail specialists, online
retailers, and distributors/wholesalers. We offer a broad range of products from high to low
price/value quartiles, necessitating a diverse distribution model that includes mass merchants,
retail chains, independents and small specialty stores often represented by buying groups.
Under normal economic conditions, the Consumer Lifestyle business experiences seasonality, with
higher sales in the fourth quarter resulting from the holiday sales.
Consumer Lifestyle employs approximately 17,000 people worldwide down by some 6,000 compared to
2007 following the integration of the former CE and DAP businesses and subsequent rebalancing of
the portfolio and industrial footprint. Our global sales and service organization embraces more
than 50 mature and emerging markets. In addition, we operate manufacturing and business creation
organizations in the Netherlands, France, Belgium, Austria, Hungary, Singapore, Argentina, Brazil
and China.
Consumer Lifestyle strives for full compliance with relevant regulatory requirements, including the
European Unions WEEE (Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment) directive.
The information on the sourcing of the sector Consumer Lifestyle under the heading Operating and
financial review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by reference.
Transformation
program
Throughout 2008, Consumer Lifestyle has undergone a process of integration and optimization. This
has involved right-sizing the two complementary business operations from the start of the year
into one that is focused on profitability and business stability with synergies and lower fixed
costs. Within this framework, the sector has applied itself to making focused choices on the
categories and markets in which it operates in order to create a stronger and more profitable
foundation for growth.
The sector has also placed particular emphasis on ensuring the right product/market combinations
exist across its portfolio, making bold choices in many markets regarding which categories to
pursue and grow. For example, Television has shifted from a business based on scale to one driven
by differentiation, especially in its channel/market mix. Traditional world-class competences in
areas like picture quality and technical performance have been maintained, while additional focus
has been placed on differentiated design and experiences.
Across many of our businesses, we tightened our focus in Europe and North America, while expanding
our presence in emerging markets like Brazil, India, China and Russia. Within the North American
market, Philips entered into a five-year minimum brand licensing agreement with Funai Electric
Company of Japan, under which Funai will assume responsibility for all Philips-branded consumer
television activities in the United States and Canada. Toward the end of the year this agreement
was extended, adding audio-video categories in the US and TV and audio-video categories in Mexico.
Consumer Lifestyle took a similar approach to its PC monitors and digital signage business, IT
Displays, entering into a brand licensing agreement with TPV Technology Ltd for the global
distribution and marketing of products in these categories. This transaction is expected to be
completed in the first quarter of 2009.
Progress
against targets
In 2007 a number of key targets have been set out for Philips Consumer Lifestyle in 2008. The
advances made in addressing these are outlined below.
Leverage
post-integration synergies
Best practices from the former Domestic Appliances & Personal Care and Consumer Electronics
divisions have been implemented across the new Consumer Lifestyle sector. Marketing expertise from
the previous DAP organization, for example, has been applied in the higher-volume electronics
categories, and the supply chain competences of CE have been leveraged across the sector.
Open
up new value spaces
Consumer Lifestyles application of insight and innovation has helped it open up new and emerging
value spaces. With the stronger focus on consumer health and well-being, categories such as the
Sonicare oral healthcare and Philips-Avent mother and child ranges have already given Consumer
Lifestyle a foothold in this area. With the 2007 launch of the Water & Air category, the sector
started to focus on new opportunities. In this category, the Philips brand is applied to the very
basic necessities of life in emerging and mature markets where the provision of clean drinking
water or purer indoor air can improve the quality of life. In 2008 the Relationship Care category
was created as a platform to address a different aspect of well-being and initially, in particular,
the intimate needs and interests of committed couples in the 35 to 55-year age group.
13
Create
a unified, engaged and high-performance organization
Consumer Lifestyle brought together highly engaged employees from the former DAP and CE
organizations. Integration-related communications focused on driving a single-sector mindset, an
initiative running in step with the operational transition of activities into the new sector.
The sector has focused strongly on creating the right kind of empowered leadership to take it
forward, with an increased span of control and greater diversity in terms of both gender and
nationality. Consumer Lifestyle has recorded an increase in employee engagement levels related to
its leadership, with the Philips Leadership Index reflecting leadership effectiveness and
engagement capabilities rising by 4% over the year.
Maximize
our structure to be fully market-driven
Consumer Lifestyles structure in particular, its clustered sales organization has reinforced
the sectors market-driven approach, both geographically and in terms of applying consumer insight,
relevant innovation and design to drive positions of strength, such as its Shaving & Beauty,
Domestic Appliances and Peripherals & Accessories businesses.
Strategy
and 2009 objectives
Philips Consumer Lifestyle will play an important role in the realization of Philips strategic
ambitions. For 2009 and beyond, Consumer Lifestyle has put in place a number of specific
value-creating initiatives which it will drive via the axes Drive performance, Accelerate change
and Implement strategy:
|
|
Further optimize the business portfolio to focus on higher growth, higher-margin product
categories and to build on global and regional leadership positions |
|
|
|
Selectively strengthen the portfolio through opening up new values spaces, including
pursuing external opportunities such as strategic acquisitions and alliances |
|
|
|
Focus on geographic areas in particular emerging markets with the highest return on
marketing investment |
|
|
|
Increase effectiveness and investment in advertising and promotion as well as research and
development |
|
|
|
Maintain rigorous cost and organizational discipline, measured against external and
internal benchmarks. |
The information on the financial performance of the sector Consumer Lifestyle under the heading
Operating and financial review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by reference.
Lighting
→ Transition to energy-efficient lighting, solid-state lighting and applications
→ Slowdown in automotive and construction sectors
→ Acquisition and integration of Genlyte
→ Major transformation program
→ Strengthened position in emerging markets
Around the world, people are increasingly concerned about the effects of climate change and rising
energy costs. In many countries a substantial body of green legislation is imminent, if not
already in place much of which has a direct impact on the future of lighting. Indeed, the
European Union has decided to phase out incandescent lamps by 2012, in line with our December 2006
appeal to accelerate the switch to energy-efficient solutions. Understanding these imperatives and
addressing these challenges presents us with a tremendous opportunity to help shape the future of
lighting on a global scale.
Lighting accounts for 19% of global electricity consumption. Innovative lighting solutions can
realistically reduce the energy consumption of todays installed base by at least 40% (and even up
to 70%, e.g. in offices), while also improving the quality of the light. We can play a significant
role in encouraging and enabling the switch to energy-efficient lighting and helping combat climate
change.
Lighting
landscape
Overall, we see three main transitions that will affect the lighting industry in the years to come.
The first is from incandescent lamps to energy-efficient light sources. Rising energy prices and
increased awareness of climate change are creating a greater demand for energy-saving lighting. As
a result, the market for innovative, efficient and sustainable lighting solutions is growing.
The second transition is the move from traditional vacuum-based technologies to solid-state
lighting technology. Solid-state or LED lighting is the most significant development in lighting
since the invention of electric light well over a century ago. Offering unprecedented freedom in
terms of color, dynamics, miniaturization, architectural integration and energy efficiency,
solid-state lighting is opening up exciting new possibilities.
14
The third transition is from the bulb and components as the point of value creation in the lighting
industry to applications and solutions. Lighting expertise based on end-user insights is integrated
into the application, system or solution. Increasingly, these applications and solutions will
include controls, and so a key differentiator in the future will be the innovative strength to
create systems and solutions that are truly customer-centric.
Like other industries, however, the lighting industry is not immune to macro-economic developments.
The slowdown in the automotive and construction sectors, tighter availability of credit and weaker
spending on public infrastructure projects had an impact in 2008 and the continuation of these
trends in 2009 could slow the above transitions for us and many of the players in the industry.
Solutions
for peoples needs
Philips Lighting is dedicated to improving peoples lives through the introduction of innovative
and energy-efficient solutions or applications for lighting. Our approach is based on obtaining
direct input both from customers and from end-users/consumers. Through a segment-based approach, we
can assess customer needs in a targeted way, track changes over time and define new insights that
fuel our innovation process and ultimately increase the success rate of new propositions introduced
onto the market.
We aim to be the true front-runner in design-led, market- and consumer-driven innovation both in
conventional lighting and in solid-state lighting while continuing to contribute to responsible
energy use and sustainable growth.
About
Philips Lighting
Philips Lighting is the global market leader, with recognized expertise in the development,
manufacturing and application of innovative lighting solutions. We have pioneered many of the key
breakthroughs in lighting over the past 100 years, laying the basis for our current position.
We address peoples lighting needs across a full range of environments. Indoors, we offer
specialized lighting solutions for homes, shops, offices, schools, hotels, factories and hospitals.
Outdoors, we provide lighting for public spaces, residential areas and sports arenas. We also meet
peoples needs on the road, by providing safe lighting for traffic (car lights and street lighting)
and elsewhere. In addition, we address peoples desire for light-inspired experiences through
architectural projects. Finally, we offer specific applications of lighting in specialized areas,
such as horticulture, refrigeration lighting and signage, as well as heating, air and water
purification, and healthcare.
In short, our lighting business spans the entire lighting value chain from lighting sources,
electronics and controls to full applications and solutions via the following businesses:
|
|
Lamps: incandescent, halogen, (compact) fluorescent, high-intensity discharge |
|
|
|
Consumer Luminaires: functional, decorative, lifestyle, scene-setting |
|
|
|
Professional Luminaires: city beautification, road lighting, sports lighting, office
lighting, shop/hospitality lighting, industry lighting |
|
|
|
Lighting Electronics and Controls: electronic gear, electromagnetic gear, controls |
|
|
|
Automotive Lighting: car headlights, car signaling, interior |
|
|
|
Special Lighting Applications: projection, entertainment, purification, comfort heating,
light & health |
|
|
|
Solid-State Lighting components: LUXEON, SnapLED, SuperFlux |
|
|
|
Solid-State Lighting modules: modules, retrofits, new applications |
Our customers are mainly in the professional market. The Lamps business conducts its sales and
marketing activities through the wholesale, OEM and consumer channels, the latter also being used
by our Consumer Luminaires business. Professional Luminaires is organized in a Trade business
(commodity products) and a Project solutions business (project luminaires and solutions). For the
latter, the main focus is on specifiers, lighting designers, architects and urban planners.
Automotive Lighting is organized in two businesses: OEM and After-market. Lighting Electronics and
Controls, Special Lighting Applications and Solid-State Lighting components and modules conduct
their sales and marketing through both the OEM and wholesale channels.
Regarding competition, our current global structure is centered on our Lamps and Luminaires
businesses. The lamps industry is highly consolidated, with GE and Siemens/Osram as key
competitors. The luminaires industry is more fragmented. Our competition varies per region and per
segment. Our lighting electronics business and our automotive lighting business are again more
consolidated businesses. Chinese companies are entering Western markets with energy-saving
solutions, and there are a range of companies active in the transition to solid-state lighting as
well as in the transition to applications and solutions.
Driving
transformation
As we are the market leader in both solid-state lighting and energy-efficient solutions, the
radical changes in the lighting industry give us ample opportunities to shape our own future. Our
acquisition of Genlyte, completed in 2008, is particularly important in
15
strengthening our position in professional luminaires and in the North American lighting market.
Following our recent acquisitions, we are well positioned across the entire solid-state lighting
value chain.
Furthermore, we implemented a major transformation program in 2008. This has helped streamline the
organization, simplify the structure, and shape our Lighting sector around future opportunities. It
has involved reducing complexity as well as reallocating and reinvesting resources in R&D and
marketing, with a stronger emphasis on the application side of the business as well as on emerging
markets. It has also helped us accelerate the shift from traditional technologies to
energy-efficient and solid-state lighting technologies, as well as to project sales.
Philips Lighting has manufacturing facilities in some 25 countries in all regions of the world and
sales organizations in more than 60. Commercial activities in other countries are handled via
dealers working with our International Sales organization. Lighting has approximately 57,000
employees worldwide.
Lighting strives for full compliance with relevant regulatory requirements, including the European
Unions WEEE (Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment) and RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous
Substances) directives.
The information on the sourcing of the sector Lighting under the heading Operating and financial
review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by reference.
Progress
against targets
In 2007 a number of key targets have been set out for Philips Lighting in 2008. The progress made
in addressing these is discussed below.
Emerging
markets and energy-efficient lighting
In 2008 we continued to strengthen our position in emerging markets, with double-digit comparable
sales growth. Among a large number of high-profile projects in emerging markets, we provided a
state-of-the-art lighting solution for the major bridge in Sao Paulo, Brazil, reducing energy
consumption by 53%. In the SESA (Sustainable Energy Solutions for Africa) project, we partnered
with the UN and national governments on a renewable energy for lighting project for 14 countries in
Sub-Saharan Africa.
We have continued strongly promoting our Green value propositions and the enhanced energy savings
that are possible through our systems approach and renovation focus. Energy-efficient lighting now
accounts for over 53% of Lighting sales, excluding the acquired Partners in Lighting International
(PLI) and Genlyte, up from just under 50% in 2007.
System
solutions professional and consumer luminaires
We have continued expanding in the direction of system solutions, especially incorporating
solid-state lighting. We completed the acquisition of Genlyte, a leader in the North American
professional luminaires market, in early 2008. Integration is well under way and significant
synergies are being realized. The integration of PLI (acquired in 2007) is on schedule; its
activities are being expanded outside Europe and it has launched major new LED-based product ranges
for the home. Our other major recent acquisition, Color Kinetics, the solid-state lighting
solutions company also acquired in 2007, has been fully embedded and leveraged across the value
chain.
This systems approach, building on the strong position we have gained in luminaires following our
recent acquisitions, is illustrated by new lighting solutions we have introduced in 2008 in all our
application segments, such as shops, offices, homes, streets and hospitality.
Leadership
bench
Our 2008 People Leadership Index, which measures the effectiveness of our leaders in engaging and
managing people, showed a major improvement from 63% to 71%. We have increased our annual
recruitment of top potentials to 24 (up 20%).
Excellence
and learning
Our 2008 Employee Engagement score also showed a significant improvement from 64% to 72%
surpassing our benchmark index and reflecting our efforts to build a winning culture in our
organization. And more than 40% of our employees are learning and developing their competences in
our Quality Improvement Competition.
Streamline
ways of working
The transformation program outlined above reinforced our segment marketing approach and
strengthened our customer focus. We have significantly simplified the way we are organized by
setting up regional commercial organizations covering the whole product portfolio. Both our
sourcing and supply chain functions now have global transparency and harmonized ways of working,
which has enabled us to offset a major part of the commodity price inflation in 2008.
16
Strategy and 2009 objectives
Philips Lighting will play an important role in the realization of Philips strategic ambitions.
For 2009 and beyond, Lighting has put in place a number of specific value-creating initiatives
which it will drive via the axes Drive performance, Accelerate change and Implement strategy.
The five value drivers that we believe will strengthen our competitive advantage and help safeguard
our leading position in lighting are:
|
|
growth driven by acquisitions, Green value propositions, innovative solutions,
LEDs/solid-state lighting and emerging markets |
|
|
|
segment leadership by driving the development of our market segments through channels
and multi-stakeholder partnerships |
|
|
|
brand franchise by leveraging category management and our brand equity |
|
|
|
new business models by creating new ways of working and new forms of revenue generation |
|
|
|
intellectual property in particular by developing the solid-state lighting market
through a dedicated IP licensing program. |
The information on the financial performance of the sector Lighting under the heading Operating
and financial review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by reference.
Innovation & Emerging Businesses
Introduction
The Innovation and Emerging Businesses sector is designed to stimulate growth by leveraging
Philips brand, technology and intellectual property (IP) base. Through this sector, Philips
invests in innovation and new business activities that are not currently part of the operating
sectors, but which have potential to create additional organic growth or value through future
spin-offs. The sector comprises Corporate Technologies, Corporate Investments, New Venture
Integration and Philips Design.
Corporate
Technologies
Corporate Technologies feeds the innovation pipeline, enabling its business partners principally
the three Philips operating sectors to create new business options through new technologies,
venturing and intellectual property development, to improve time-to-market efficiency and to
increase innovation effectiveness via focused research and development activities. Corporate
Technologies encompasses Philips Corporate Research, the Philips Incubators, Philips Intellectual
Property & Standards (IP&S), the Philips Innovation Campus as well as Philips Applied Technologies.
In total, Corporate Technologies employs about 4,100 professionals around the globe.
Corporate Technologies actively participates in open innovation through relationships with
academic and industrial partners, as well as via European and regional projects, in order to
improve innovation efficiency and share the related financial exposure. The High Tech Campus in
Eindhoven, the Philips Innovation Campus in Bangalore India, Research Shanghai China and InnoHub
are prime examples of eco-systems enabling open innovation.
Philips Research is a key innovation partner for Philips business sectors. It has three main
roles. Firstly, it creates new technologies that help to spur the growth of the Philips businesses.
Secondly, it develops unique IP, which will enable longer-term business and creates standardization
opportunities for Philips. Lastly, it sets up ventures that can grow into new adjacent businesses
for the sectors.
In 2008, Research started to develop a novel ultrasound-based drug delivery technology that could
potentially increase the effectiveness of chemotherapy treatment and reduce its side effects.
Research is also working on, among other things, improved water purification technology for home
use. It is compact, powerful and cost-effective, bringing clean, safe drinking water within
everyones reach.
Philips has established three corporate venturing organizations: the Healthcare, Lifestyle and
Lighting & Cleantech Incubators. The main purpose of venturing is to create strategic growth
opportunities for Philips. In some cases spin-out or technology licensing will be considered. In
2008, Philips, together with Prime Technology Ventures (PTV III), arranged for the spin-out of five
technology companies from the Incubators: amBX, Civolution, Intrinsic-ID, priv-ID and Serious Toys.
Philips IP&S proactively pursues the creation of new intellectual property. Its portfolio currently
consists of about 55,000 patent rights, 33,000 trademarks, 49,000 design rights and 2,600 domain
name registrations. Philips filed approximately 1,640 patents in 2008. Over the past five years
Philips has reshaped its intellectual property portfolio in line with its new strategic focus on
health and well-being. Philips believes its business as a whole is not materially dependent on any
particular patent or license, or any particular group of patents and licenses.
17
Philips Applied Technologies supports customers both inside and outside Philips through new
technologies, new business ideas, consultancy and new product introduction services. In 2008, it
announced the commercial roll-out of the Ambient Experience for Hospitality concept, with the first
implementation by the citizenM hotel chain, in Amsterdam which went on to win the European Hotel
Design Award as the most innovative hotel of 2008.
Corporate
Investments
The remaining business within Corporate Investments Assembléon is a wholly owned subsidiary
that develops, assembles, markets and distributes a diverse range of surface-mount technology
placement equipment.
In line with Philips strategy to reduce its portfolio of non-core, strategically unaligned
activities, the High Tech Plastics Optics business was sold to Triumph Pan-Pacific in 2008.
New
Venture Integration
The New Venture Integration group became fully operational in 2008 and focuses on the integration
of newly acquired companies across all sectors.
Philips
Design
Philips Design is one of the longest-established design organizations of its kind in the world. It
is headquartered in Eindhoven, Netherlands, with eight branch studios in Europe, the USA and Asia
Pacific. Its creative force of some 550 professionals representing more than 30 nationalities
embraces disciplines as diverse as psychology, cultural sociology, anthropology and trend research,
in addition to the more conventional design-related skills.
Philips Designs people-centric design approach, known as High Design, is human-focused and
research-based, and uses a deep understanding of peoples needs as the starting point for the
design process. It also provides the framework for taking these insights and translating them into
imaginative yet feasible solutions.
The information on the financial performance of the sector Innovation & Emerging Businesses under
the heading Operating and financial review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by
reference.
Group Management & Services
The information on the financial performance of the sector Group Management & Services under the
heading Operating and financial review and prospects in item 5 is incorporated herein by
reference.
18
Organizational structure
The information concerning Philips significant subsidiaries in Exhibit 8 to this Annual Report on
Form 20-F is incorporated herein by reference.
Property, plant and equipment
Philips owns and leases manufacturing facilities, research facilities, warehouses and office
facilities in numerous countries over the world.
Philips has approximately 155 production sites in 29 countries. Philips believes that its plants
are well maintained and, in conjunction with its capital expenditures for new property, plant and
equipment, are generally adequate to meet its needs for the foreseeable future. For the net book
value of its property, plant and equipment and developments therein, reference is made to note 15,
entitled Property, plant and equipment, to the US GAAP financial statements on page 157 of the
2008 Annual Report incorporated herein by reference. The geographic allocation of assets employed
as shown in the section entitled Information by sectors and main country on pages 133 through 135
of the 2008 Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference, is generally indicative of the
location of manufacturing facilities. The headquarters in Amsterdam are leased. The information as
shown in note 26, entitled Contractual Obligations, to the US GAAP financial statements on page
168 of the 2008 Annual Report, partly related to the rental of buildings, is incorporated herein by
reference.
For environmental issues affecting the Companys properties, reference is made to note 27, entitled
Contingent Liabilities, to the US GAAP financial statements on pages 168 through 170 of the 2008
Annual Report incorporated herein by reference.
Capital expenditures in progress are generally expected to be financed through internally generated
cash flows. For a description of the geographic spread of capital expenditures, reference is made
to the section Information by sectors and main country on pages 133 through 135 of the 2008
Annual Report incorporated herein by reference.
For a description of the Companys principal acquisitions and divestitures, reference is made to
note 2 to the US GAAP financial statements on pages 143 through 148 of the 2008 Annual Report
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
19
Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects
Operating results
The year 2008...
|
|
2008 was impacted by the most globally significant economic downturn in many years. For
Philips, this led to a 3% decline in comparable sales (2% lower on a nominal basis) and lower
earnings. In response, we proactively expanded and accelerated restructuring programs across
all sectors and stepped up our focus on costs and cash management. |
|
|
|
2008 was nevertheless a year of strategic progress. We continued the reshaping of our
portfolio by investing EUR 5.3 billion in high-growth, high-margin businesses such as
Respironics and Genlyte, and divesting unprofitable activities such as Television in North
America and non-core businesses such as Set-Top Boxes and PC Monitors. |
|
|
|
Healthcare sales grew by 6% on a comparable basis and 15% on a nominal basis; all
businesses contributed to this growth. Lighting achieved 3% comparable sales growth (and
increased 16% in nominal terms compared to 2007), driven by energy-efficient lighting
solutions. Consumer Lifestyle sales declined 8% on a comparable basis
and 16% on a nominal basis compared to 2007,
reflecting the severe economic downturn in consumer markets in the second half of 2008. |
|
|
|
Emerging markets remained a major focal point and delivered 4% comparable growth in 2008
(in line with 2007 on a nominal basis), with Healthcare and Lighting comparably growing by 12%
and 8% respectively (15% and 5% respectively on a nominal basis). Additionally, we announced
and/or finalized five strategic Healthcare acquisitions in China, Brazil and India. |
|
|
|
Income from operations (IFO) included EUR 1.1 billion of charges related to restructuring
and change programs across all sectors (EUR 520 million), an asbestos-related settlement
charge (EUR 239 million), a non-cash goodwill impairment charge for Lumileds (EUR 232 million)
and acquisition-related charges, mainly in Healthcare and Lighting (EUR 146 million), which
were partially offset by EUR 164 million of gains on the sale of businesses and real estate. |
|
|
|
We generated strong cash flows from operations of EUR 1,495 million despite lower earnings,
driven by rigorous working capital management. In addition, in March we structurally
refinanced our debt prior to the collapse of the financial markets providing Philips
with a strong balance sheet and a solid liquidity position to help weather the turbulent
economic situation. |
|
|
|
We reduced our shareholding in LG Display and sold our remaining stake in TSMC, generating
EUR 2.5 billion in cash proceeds and realizing a gain of just under EUR 1.2 billion. The
economic downturn led us to take a non-cash value adjustment of EUR 1.4 billion on the
majority of our remaining financial holdings. |
|
|
|
We completed EUR 3.3 billion of the EUR 5 billion share buy-back program announced in 2007,
which was subsequently stopped in January 2009 until further notice. Additionally, we returned
EUR 720 million to shareholders in the form of our annual dividend payment. |
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros, except for the per common share data & FTE |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
26,793 |
|
|
|
26,385 |
|
Income from operations (IFO) |
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Adjusted Income from operations (Adjusted IFO) 2) |
|
|
2,054 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
Financial income and expenses |
|
|
2,613 |
|
|
|
(225 |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
(619 |
) |
|
|
(286 |
) |
Results equity-accounted investees |
|
|
763 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
|
|
4,593 |
|
|
|
(178 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations |
|
|
(433 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
4,160 |
|
|
|
(186 |
) |
Per common share (in euro) basic |
|
|
3.83 |
|
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
Per common share (in euro) diluted |
|
|
3.79 |
|
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) 2) |
|
|
10,529 |
|
|
|
14,867 |
|
Cash flows before financing activities 2) |
|
|
5,449 |
|
|
|
(1,606 |
) |
Employees (FTE) |
|
|
123,801 |
|
|
|
121,398 |
|
of which discontinued operations |
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Performance of the Group
Sales
In percentage terms, the composition of sales growth in 2008, compared to 2007, was as follows:
Sales growth composition 2008 versus 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consoli- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
comparable |
|
|
currency |
|
|
dation |
|
|
nominal |
|
|
|
growth 1) |
|
|
effects |
|
|
changes |
|
|
growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
(8.5 |
) |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
(16.4 |
) |
Lighting |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
(3.8 |
) |
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
(26.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
(9.6 |
) |
|
|
(37.1 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
(24.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Group sales totaled EUR 26,385 million in 2008, a 2% decline compared to 2007. Adjusted for
unfavorable currency effects of 3% and a positive net impact from portfolio changes, mainly due to
the acquisition of Genlyte and Respironics, comparable sales were 3% lower than 2007. Excluding the
Television business which we manage for margin rather than scale Group comparable sales were
in line with 2007.
The decline in comparable sales was mainly due to the severe economic downturn, particularly in the
consumer markets. This was predominantly felt within Consumer Lifestyle, which reported an 8%
decline in comparable sales, led by a 12% sales decrease at Television, as well as lower sales in
Audio & Video Multimedia and Peripherals & Accessories.
This decline was partly tempered by 6% comparable sales growth at Healthcare, with higher sales
visible in emerging markets and across all businesses, notably Customer Services, Clinical Care
Systems, and Healthcare Informatics and Patient Monitoring. Additionally, Lighting saw a 3%
comparable sales increase, mainly attributable to strong growth in energy-efficient lighting
solutions, partly offset by lower sales in OEM automotive and consumer-related lighting markets.
21
Earnings
The following overview shows sales, IFO and adjusted IFO according to the 2008 sector classification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a % of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
sales |
|
|
adjusted IFO 1) |
|
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
7,649 |
|
|
|
638 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
11,145 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
7,106 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
538 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
(226 |
) |
|
|
(67.1 |
) |
|
|
(226 |
) |
|
|
(67.1 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
26,385 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a % of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
sales |
|
|
adjusted IFO 2) |
|
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
6,638 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
862 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
13,330 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
675 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
722 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
535 |
|
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
(15.3 |
) |
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
(15.1 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
26,793 |
|
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
2,054 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group and Healthcare financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of
intercompany profit eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and
revisions under the section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by
reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
In 2008, Philips gross margin was EUR 8,495 million, or 32.2% of sales, compared to EUR 9,223
million, or 34.4% of sales, in 2007. Adjusted for the 2008 asbestos-related settlement charge of
EUR 239 million, gross margin declined from 34.4% of sales to 33.1%. The majority of this decline
was due to EUR 275 million restructuring and asset impairment charges, attributable to most
sectors.
Selling expenses increased from EUR 4,980 million in 2007 to EUR 5,501 million in 2008, largely due
to additional acquisition-related selling expenses at Healthcare and Lighting, as well as EUR 154
million of restructuring charges across all sectors. These increases were partly offset by lower
selling expenses at Group Management & Services. As a percentage of sales, selling expenses
increased from 18.6% in 2007 to 20.8% in 2008, mainly due to the aforementioned items and the
impact of lower sales at Consumer Lifestyle.
General and administrative expenses amounted to EUR 1,016 million, an increase of EUR 97 million
compared to 2007, mainly due to EUR 51 million of restructuring charges, primarily within Lighting
and Consumer Lifestyle, and higher costs in Consumer Lifestyle. As a percentage of sales, G&A
expenses increased from 3.4% in 2007 to 3.9% in 2008, largely due to the lower sales in Consumer
Lifestyle and higher restructuring charges across most sectors.
Research and development costs declined slightly from EUR 1,629 million in 2007 to EUR 1,622
million in 2008 as EUR 40 million of restructuring charges and higher spend in Lighting and
Healthcare were offset by lower expenditures at Consumer Lifestyle. At 6.1% of sales, 2008 R&D
expenditures were in line with 2007.
In 2008, IFO declined by EUR 1,524 million compared to 2007, to EUR 317 million, or 1.2% of sales.
IFO included a EUR 232 million non-cash goodwill impairment for Lumileds as well as EUR 15 million
write-off of acquired in-process R&D charges. IFO and adjusted IFO were both impacted by EUR 520
million restructuring charges and EUR 131 million of acquisition-related charges, as well as a EUR
239 million asbestos-related settlement charge. 2007 adjusted IFO included EUR 37 million of
restructuring charges and EUR 41 million of acquisition-related charges.
Adjusted for the aforementioned charges, adjusted IFO declined from 8.0% of sales to 6.9% in 2008,
largely due to lower sales at Consumer Lifestyle and lower license income at Innovation & Emerging
Businesses.
Healthcares adjusted IFO of EUR 863 million was in line with 2007 and included EUR 69 million of
restructuring charges and EUR 90 million of acquisition-related costs, partially offset by a EUR 45
million gain on the sale of Philips Speech Recognition Services. In 2007, acquisition-related
charges were EUR 11 million. As a percentage of sales, adjusted IFO declined from 13.0% in 2007 to
11.3% in 2008. However, adjusted for the aforementioned items, adjusted IFO profitability was 12.8%
in relation to sales, broadly in line with 2007.
22
Consumer Lifestyles adjusted IFO declined from EUR 848 million in 2007 to EUR 281 million in 2008,
largely due to lower sales-driven earnings in all businesses except Health & Wellness and Domestic
Appliances, deteriorating margins within Television, and restructuring charges of EUR 195 million.
The sectors 2008 adjusted IFO included a EUR 63 million gain on the sale of the Set-Top Boxes
activity.
Adjusted IFO at Lighting declined from EUR 722 million, or 11.9% of sales, in 2007 to EUR 538
million, or 7.6% of sales, in 2008. Additional earnings from acquisitions were offset by EUR 221
million of restructuring charges, EUR 41 million of acquisition-related charges and margin
compression in mature markets, partially offset by the additional earnings from acquisitions. In
2007, restructuring and acquisition-related charges were EUR 55 million.
The adjusted IFO loss at Innovation & Emerging Businesses amounted to EUR 226 million, compared to
a loss of EUR 81 million in 2007. The decline was mainly due to EUR 81 million lower license
income, EUR 18 million restructuring charges at Assembléon, a EUR 13 million loss on the sale of
the High Tech Plastics Optics business, and higher investments in the Healthcare and Lighting &
Cleantech incubator activities.
Adjusted IFO at Group Management and Services declined EUR 228 million in 2008 to a loss of EUR 525
million, mainly due to a EUR 239 million asbestos-related settlement charge. Adjusted for this
settlement, GM&S costs saw a year-on-year decline due to lower brand campaign spending.
Pensions
The net periodic pension costs of defined-benefit pension plans amounted to EUR 10 million in 2008
compared to EUR 27 million in 2007. The payments to defined-contribution pension plans amounted to
EUR 96 million, EUR 12 million higher than in 2007, largely due to acquisitions and a gradual shift
from defined-benefit to defined-contribution pension plans.
Restructuring and impairment charges
In 2008, IFO included net charges totaling EUR 520 million for restructuring and related asset
impairments. Besides the annual goodwill impairment tests for Philips, due to the economic
circumstances, trigger-based impairment tests were performed in the latter half of the year,
resulting in goodwill impairment charges of EUR 234 million, mainly related to Lumileds.
Restructuring and impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
171 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Group Management & Services |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
Reduction of excess provisions |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
404 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group Management & Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset impairment |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lighting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill impairment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and impairment |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
754 |
|
|
The most significant restructuring projects in 2008 were related to Lighting, Consumer Lifestyle
and Healthcare. Restructuring projects in Lighting aimed at further increasing organizational
effectiveness and reducing the fixed cost base mainly centered on Lamps (principally North
America and Poland), Professional Luminaires (notably Germany), Special Lighting Applications
(primarily the Netherlands and Belgium), Automotive (mainly Korea and Germany) and Lighting
Electronics (primarily the Netherlands).
Consumer Lifestyles restructuring projects were concentrated on the integration of the former
Domestic Appliances and Consumer Electronics businesses, the exit of Television from North America,
restructuring of the Television factory in Juarez (Mexico) and restructuring charges taken to
re-align the European industrial footprint. Healthcare restructuring projects undertaken to
reduce operating costs and simplify the organization spanned many locations, including sites in
Hamburg (Germany), Helsinki (Finland) and Andover (USA).
23
Other restructuring projects included the restructuring of Assembléon within Innovation & Emerging
Businesses and smaller projects at Group & Management Services.
The most significant restructuring projects in 2007 were related to the Lighting sector and
consisted mainly of the exit from the fluorescent lamp-based LCD backlighting business and several
projects in the Lamps business.
Reference is made to note 4, entitled Restructuring and impairment, to the US GAAP financial
statements on pages 149 through 151 of the 2008 Annual Report which is incorporated herein by
reference.
Financial income and expenses
Financial income and expenses consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expenses (net) |
|
|
(43 |
) |
|
|
(106 |
) |
Sales of securities |
|
|
2,549 |
|
|
|
1,197 |
|
Value adjustments on securities |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(1,296 |
) |
Other |
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,613 |
|
|
|
(225 |
) |
|
The net interest expense in 2008 was EUR 63 million higher than in 2007, mainly as a result of the
lower average cash position of the Group, partly offset by lower interest costs on derivatives
related to the hedging of Philips foreign currency funding positions.
Income (loss) from the sale of securities consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from the sale of securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale TSMC shares |
|
|
2,528 |
|
|
|
1,082 |
|
Gain on sale of LG Display shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
Gain on sale of D&M shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
Loss on sale of JDS Uniphase shares |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale of Nuance shares |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,549 |
|
|
|
1,197 |
|
|
Value adjustments on securities consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NXP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(599 |
) |
LG Display |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(596 |
) |
TPO Display |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71 |
) |
Pace Micro Technology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
JDS Uniphase |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(1,296 |
) |
|
In 2008, a total gain of EUR 1,197 million was recognized on the sale of stakes, mainly in TSMC, LG
Display and D&M Holdings. Also, a EUR 23 million cash dividend was received from TSMC. However,
these gains were more than offset by non-cash value adjustments amounting to EUR 1,296 million,
notably for NXP and LG Display, as well as a EUR 37 million loss related to the revaluation of the
convertible bond received from TPV Technology.
2007 included a gain of EUR 2,549 million on the sale of shares in TSMC, Nuance and JDS Uniphase,
as well as a EUR 128 million cash dividend from TSMC and a EUR 12 million gain related to the
revaluation of the convertible bond received from TPV Technology, partly offset by a EUR 36 million
value adjustment of JDS Uniphase.
24
Income taxes
Income taxes amounted to EUR 286 million, compared to EUR 619 million in 2007.
The tax burden in 2008 corresponded to an effective tax rate of 311% on pre-tax income, compared to
14% in 2007. The 2008 effective tax rate was affected by non-deductible impairment and value
adjustments, increased valuation allowances, higher provisions for uncertain tax positions and
foreign withholding taxes for which a credit could not be realized. These were partially offset by
non-taxable gains resulting from the sale of securities.
For 2009, the effective tax rate excluding non-taxable items is expected to be around 30%.
Reference is made to note 6 Income taxes on pages 152 through 153 of the 2008 Annual Report,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
Results of equity-accounted investees
The results relating to equity-accounted investees declined by EUR 744 million in 2008 to EUR 19
million.
A breakdown is given below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companys participation in income |
|
|
271 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
Results on sales of shares |
|
|
514 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Gains arising from dilution effects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Investment impairment and guarantee charges |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(72 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
763 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
Philips participation in the net income of equity-accounted investees declined from EUR 271
million in 2007 to EUR 81 million in 2008, which included EUR 66 million from earnings at LG
Display. These earnings were partly offset by a EUR 59 million non-cash value adjustment on the
equity stake in TPV Technology.
During 2008, as a result of the reduction in both Philips shareholding and the number of Philips
board members, Philips lost significant influence, and LG Display was accounted for as an
available-for-sale security instead of an equity investment.
In 2007, the EUR 514 million proceeds from the sale of shares were mainly due to the EUR 508
million non-taxable gain on the sale of a 13% stake in LG Display. The proceeds from the sale of
stakes in 2008 were recorded under Financial income and expenses.
Minority interest
The share of minority interests in companies within the income of the Group reduced income by EUR 3
million in 2008, compared to EUR 5 million in 2007.
Discontinued operations
Philips reports the results of Semiconductors and the MedQuist business separately as discontinued
operations. Consequently, the related results, including transaction gains and losses, are shown
separately in the financial statements under Discontinued operations.
The loss from discontinued operations of EUR 8 million in 2008 was mainly due to final results
related to MedQuist, which was sold in 2008 to CBAY Inc.
In 2007, discontinued operations recorded a loss of EUR 433 million, primarily attributable to a
EUR 360 million impairment charge for MedQuist, taking into account EUR 325 million in cumulative
foreign currency translation differences, which had previously been accumulated under equity since
the date of the acquisition in 2000. In addition, a EUR 43 million loss related to the 2006 sale of
a majority stake in the Semiconductors division was recognized, mainly due to pension settlements.
Net income
Income from continuing operations declined from EUR 4,593 million in 2007 to a loss of EUR 178
million in 2008. The decline was attributable to lower IFO in 2008 and lower results in financial
income and expenses.
Net income for the Group including discontinued operations amounted to a loss of EUR 186 million,
or EUR 0.19 per common share, in 2008, compared to a profit of EUR 4,160 million, or EUR 3.83 per
common share, in 2007.
25
Performance by sector
Healthcare
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
6,638 |
|
|
|
7,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase, nominal |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
% increase, comparable 2) |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 2) |
|
|
862 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
13.0 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
638 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) 2) |
|
|
4,802 |
|
|
|
8,830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities 2) |
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
(2,418 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
29,191 |
|
|
|
35,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Healthcare financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies on page 136 of
the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales per market cluster |
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
1,767 |
|
|
|
1,947 |
|
North America |
|
|
3,215 |
|
|
|
3,758 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
559 |
|
|
|
675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
5,541 |
|
|
|
6,380 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
653 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
444 |
|
|
|
500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,638 |
|
|
|
7,649 |
|
|
In 2008, sales amounted to EUR 7,649 million, 15% higher than in 2007 on a nominal basis, largely
thanks to the contributions from acquired companies, notably Respironics. Excluding the 14%
positive impact of portfolio changes and the 5% unfavorable impact of currency effects, comparable
sales grew 6%. All businesses showed positive growth, led by solid sales growth in Customer
Services, Clinical Care Systems, and Healthcare Informatics and Patient Monitoring. Higher sales
within Imaging Systems were supported by X-Ray and Nuclear Medicine, partly tempered by lower sales
at Computed Tomography. Green Product sales amounted to EUR 1,527 million in 2008, up from EUR
1,452 million in 2007, representing 20% of sector sales.
Geographically, double-digit comparable sales growth was achieved in the key emerging markets,
notably in China and Latin America, driven by growth in all businesses. Also, single-digit sales
growth was recognized in the mature markets, across all businesses, notably Imaging Systems and
Clinical Care Systems.
Adjusted IFO of EUR 863 million, or 11.3% of sales, was in line with 2007 adjusted IFO of EUR 862
million. Earnings included EUR 90 million of acquisition-related charges and EUR 69 million of
restructuring charges, which were partly offset by a EUR 45 million gain on the sale of Philips
Speech Recognition Systems. Adjusted IFO also included additional income from Respironics and
higher earnings at Clinical Care Systems and Healthcare Informatics and Patient Monitoring, partly
offset by lower earnings at Imaging Systems.
Compared to 2007, IFO declined EUR 75 million to EUR 638 million.
Cash flow before financing activities included net payments totaling EUR 3,456 million, mainly for
the acquisitions of Respironics, VISICU, TOMCAT, Dixtal Biomédica, Shenzhen Goldway, Medel SpA and
Alpha X-Ray Technologies. In 2007, acquisition-related outflows amounted to EUR 245 million, mainly
for the acquisitions of Health Watch, Raytel Cardiac Services, Emergin and VMI Sistemas Medicos.
Excluding these acquisition-related outflows, cash flow before financing activities was EUR 557
million higher than in 2007, largely thanks to improved working capital requirements, notably lower
inventory.
26
Consumer Lifestyle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
13,330 |
|
|
|
11,145 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
6,270 |
|
|
|
4,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase (decrease), nominal |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
% increase (decrease), comparable 1) |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
Sales growth excl. Television |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase (decrease), nominal |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
% increase (decrease), comparable 1) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 1) |
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
(413 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
(413 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
728 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
(255 |
) |
|
|
(245 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities 1) |
|
|
772 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
(489 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
23,397 |
|
|
|
17,346 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
6,855 |
|
|
|
4,943 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales per market cluster |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
5,739 |
|
|
|
4,705 |
|
North America |
|
|
2,717 |
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
351 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
8,807 |
|
|
|
6,845 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
2,441 |
|
|
|
2,492 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
2,082 |
|
|
|
1,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,330 |
|
|
|
11,145 |
|
|
|
2008 presented very challenging market conditions for Consumer Lifestyle. Sales amounted to EUR
11,145 million, a nominal decline of 16% compared to 2007. Adjusted for unfavorable currency
effects of 3% and portfolio changes, mainly the divestment of Television in North America and the
sale of the Set-Top Boxes and Mobile Phones businesses, comparable sales declined by 8%.
Year-on-year declines were seen in all businesses, except for 4% comparable growth in Domestic
Appliances and Health & Wellness. Television and Audio & Video Multimedia suffered comparable
double-digit declines. On a nominal basis, all businesses except Domestic Applicances reported
lower sales. Green Product sales totaled 1,478 million in 2008, a nominal increase of 41% compared
to 2007, amounting to 13% of sector sales.
From a geographical perspective, Western Europe and North America, which account for more than half
of the sectors sales, were heavily impacted by the economic downturn as well as by selective
portfolio and margin management. Sales growth was strong in the key emerging markets, led by
double-digit growth in Brazil. Growth in Asia was driven by solid double-digit growth across the
countries in most businesses, mostly offset by a decline in Television. European emerging markets
declined 14%.
Adjusted IFO as a percentage of sales decreased from 6.4% in 2007 to 2.5% in 2008, due to declines
in nearly all businesses, mainly as a result of lower sales. Adjusted IFO was impacted by EUR 195
million of restructuring charges, partially offset by the EUR 63 million gain on the sale of
Set-Top Boxes.
IFO declined from EUR 832 million (6.2% of sales) in 2007 to EUR 265 million (2.4% of sales) in
2008.
27
Net operating capital was reduced by EUR 162 million at the end of 2008 and amounted to EUR 728
million.
Cash flows before financing activities declined from EUR 772 million in 2007 to an inflow of EUR
253 million, primarily driven by lower earnings.
Lighting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
7,106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase, nominal |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
% increase, comparable 1) |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 1) |
|
|
722 |
|
|
|
538 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
11.9 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
675 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
3,886 |
|
|
|
5,648 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities 1) |
|
|
(648 |
) |
|
|
(1,139 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
54,323 |
|
|
|
57,166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales per market cluster |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
2,436 |
|
|
|
2,560 |
|
North America |
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
1,936 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
271 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
3,865 |
|
|
|
4,767 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
1,216 |
|
|
|
1,255 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
1,012 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
7,106 |
|
|
|
Sales in 2008 grew by 17% in nominal terms, mainly supported by the acquired companies: Genlyte and
Color Kinetics. Adjusted for portfolio changes of 18% and unfavorable currency effects of 4%,
comparable sales grew by 3% compared to 2007. This growth was driven by continued sales growth in
energy-efficient lighting solutions, notably within the Lamps and Professional Luminaires
businesses. Sales were broadly in line with 2007 in the remaining businesses as a result of the
deteriorating economic climate in the latter part of 2008 within the automotive, consumer and
construction industries. Green sales grew by 12% in 2008 compared to 2007, reaching EUR 2,970
million. This growth was supported by increased sales of solid-state lighting applications, which
grew by 6% to EUR 470 million, as well as innovative product design and strong growth in
application-based solutions.
Geographically, comparable sales in the mature markets slightly declined compared to 2007, as
higher sales in energy-efficient lighting solutions were more than offset by the deteriorating
economic climate in the automotive, consumer and construction segments in North America and Western
Europe. Nominal sales in mature markets grew by 23% supported by the acquisition of Genlyte.
Emerging market sales increased 8% on a comparable basis (5% higher on a nominal basis), with
growth in all businesses except Special Lighting Applications, led by strong double-digit sales
growth in India, Eastern Europe and the ASEAN countries.
Adjusted IFO of EUR 538 million, or 7.6% of sales, declined EUR 184 million compared to 2007 and
included EUR 221 million restructuring charges and EUR 41 million of acquisition-related charges.
2008 earnings were also impacted by margin compression in mature markets as a result of slowing
demand, particularly in the automotive and construction segments, partly offset by positive
contributions from acquisitions. 2007 included EUR 55 million of restructuring and
acquisition-related charges.
IFO amounted to EUR 165 million, compared to EUR 675 million in 2007. In 2008, a EUR 232 million
non-cash goodwill impairment charge for Lumileds was recorded, primarily due to weaker demand in
the automotive, displays and mobile phone segments.
28
Cash flow before financing activities included cash disbursements of EUR 1,826 million, mainly
related to the acquisition of Genlyte, whereas in 2007 acquisition-related disbursements amounted
to EUR 1,162 million, mainly in connection with the acquisitions of PLI and Color Kinetics.
Excluding these acquisition-related payments, cash flow before financing activities increased by
EUR 173 million compared to 2007 thanks to improved working capital requirements. Net capital
expenditures increased by EUR 54 million compared to 2007, largely due to higher investments in
solid-state lighting solutions.
Innovation & Emerging Businesses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
535 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase (decrease), nominal |
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
(37 |
) |
% increase (decrease), comparable1) |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO Corporate Technologies |
|
|
(76 |
) |
|
|
(172 |
) |
Adjusted IFO Corporate Investments / Other |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO1) |
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
(226 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
(15.1 |
) |
|
|
(67.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
(226 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
(15.3 |
) |
|
|
(67.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows
before financing activities 1) |
|
|
(164 |
) |
|
|
(126 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
5,888 |
|
|
|
5,324 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
In 2008, Adjsuted IFO amounted to a loss of EUR 226 million, compared to a loss of EUR 81 million
in 2007, which included a EUR 6 million gain on the sale of TASS. The higher loss was mainly due to
EUR 18 million restructuring charges at Assembléon, a EUR 13 million loss from the sale of High
Tech Plastics Optics, as well as higher investments in the Lighting & Cleantech and Healthcare
Incubator activities and lower income from an intellectual property transaction in 2007.
Cash flow before financing activities improved by EUR 38 million to an outflow of EUR 126 million,
largely thanks to higher license income receipts and lower net capital expenditures, partly offset
by lower proceeds from the sale of businesses.
29
Group Management & Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase (decrease), nominal |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
% increase (decrease), comparable1) |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO Corporate and regional costs |
|
|
(156 |
) |
|
|
(171 |
) |
Adjusted IFO Brand campaign |
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
(64 |
) |
Adjusted IFO Service Units, Pensions, Other |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
(290 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO1) |
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
705 |
|
|
|
(492 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows
before financing activities 1) |
|
|
5,253 |
|
|
|
1,824 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
5,299 |
|
|
|
6,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
The sector Group Management & Services comprises the activities of the corporate center including
Philips global management and sustainability programs, as well as country and regional overhead
costs, and costs of pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Additionally, the global
service units such as Philips General Purchasing, real estate, and shared financial services are
reported in this sector.
In 2008, the adjusted IFO of corporate & regional overheads was EUR 15 million lower than 2007,
mainly due to higher restructuring charges.
Brand campaign investments in 2008 were EUR 47 million lower than 2007 due to lower spending and
higher cost reduction initiatives.
The adjusted IFO of service units, pensions, and other was impacted by a EUR 239 million
asbestos-related settlement charge and higher restructuring costs. Pension and other postretirement
benefit costs were in line with 2007.
Cash flows before financing activities resulted in a EUR 1,824 million inflow in 2008, compared to
an inflow of EUR 5,253 million in 2007. 2008 included cash receipts related to the sale of shares
in TSMC (EUR 1,831 million) and LG Display (EUR 670 million) whereas 2007 saw EUR 5.4 billion of
cash proceeds from the sale of TSMC and LG Display.
Performance by market cluster
Philips monitors its performance on a geographical axis based on the following market clusters:
|
|
Key emerging markets, including China, India, and Latin America |
|
|
|
Other emerging markets, including emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Russia,
Ukraine and Central Asia, the Middle East and Africa, Turkey and ASEAN zone |
|
|
|
Mature markets, including Western Europe, North America, Japan, Korea, Israel, Australia,
and New Zealand. |
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and adjusted IFO per market cluster |
|
In millions of euros |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
adjusted |
|
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
IFO 2) |
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
IFO 2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
10,275 |
|
|
|
1,215 |
|
|
|
1,281 |
|
|
|
9,473 |
|
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
439 |
|
North America |
|
|
7,147 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
7,589 |
|
|
|
(288 |
) |
|
|
233 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
1,331 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
1,275 |
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
18,753 |
|
|
|
1,416 |
|
|
|
1,626 |
|
|
|
18,337 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
661 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
4,435 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
4,623 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
216 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
3,605 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
3,425 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,793 |
|
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
2,054 |
|
|
|
26,385 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
In 2008, sales declined 3% comparably as growth in key emerging markets, and relatively stable
sales in other emerging markets were more than offset by a decline in mature markets, largely as a
result of the economic downturn in the second half of the year in Western Europe and North America.
Overall, emerging markets grew 4% on a comparable basis in line with 2007 on a nominal basis
and accounted for 31% of total sales in 2008, a slight increase over 2007.
Key emerging markets saw single-digit sales growth, mainly attributable to double-digit growth in
India (principally Healthcare and Lighting) and Latin America (largely Healthcare and Consumer
Lifestyle), as well as single-digit growth in China.
Other emerging markets comparable sales in 2008 were broadly in line with 2007 (5% lower on a
nominal basis), as solid growth in Lighting and Healthcare was partially offset by a decline in
Consumer Lifestyle, mainly due to Television.
The lower sales in mature markets were largely due to lower Consumer Lifestyle sales within Western
Europe, mainly Television, which more than offset growth in both Healthcare and Lighting. In North
America, lower comparable sales were mainly seen in Consumer Lifestyle and Lighting, partially
offset by sales growth at Healthcare, particularly in Imaging Systems and Healthcare Informatics
and Patient Monitoring. On a nominal basis, sales in North America grew 6% thanks to the sales
contributions of Genlyte and Respironics.
Adjsuted IFO in key emerging markets improved EUR 7 million compared to 2007. However, this was
more than offset by a EUR 965 million decline in mature markets, mainly due to lower sales-driven
earnings and higher restructuring charges in Consumer Lifestyle. In addition, a EUR 239 million
asbestos-related settlement charge was recorded in North America. Other emerging markets were also
EUR 165 million below 2007, mainly due to lower sales-driven earnings within Consumer Lifestyle.
Performance by key function
Marketing
Philips brand promise of sense and simplicity continues to drive innovation and customer
experience across all customer touch-points. As a result, in 2008 Philips again achieved
significant growth in its total brand value. Interbrand reported an estimated value of USD 8.3
billion, an 8% increase over 2007. The Interbrand measurement also confirmed the important role the
Philips brand continues to play in the purchase decision of customers across Philips businesses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing expenditures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing expenditures |
|
|
994 |
|
|
|
949 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2008, total worldwide Philips marketing expenses as percentage of sales were 3.6%, just below
the 2007 level, largely as a result of the planned ramp-down of the now largely complete global
brand campaign. Investments in this campaign declined by EUR 47 million in 2008 to EUR 64 million.
On a geographic basis, Philips is shifting a significant portion of its commercial investment from
mature to higher-growth markets, while also increasing the focus and effectiveness of these
investments.
As part of the 2008/9 marketing campaign, Philips is running a major advertising and thought
leadership program on health and well-being issues with A Level media owners such as CNN, CNBC,
FT and The Economist Group. The ultimate aim is to become the brand of first choice among
influencers, professionals and consumers, a brand which stands for sense and simplicity in the
area of health and well-being.
31
Developing solutions and products based on best-in-class insight into the real needs and wants of
our customer and consumers is increasingly becoming a competitive advantage for Philips. Over half
of our value propositions score above industry benchmarks, with over 30% rated in the top 20% of
all products in their class, giving us confidence that our final solutions will be highly
competitive in the marketplace.
Research and Development
The ability of our Research & Development teams to create innovative, meaningful products and
solutions for customers is a critical driver of Philips competitiveness in its markets. Through
substantial R&D investments, Philips has created a vast knowledge and intellectual property base.
Early involvement of customers in new technologies, as well as in product and business concepts,
ensures deep insight into their needs the foundation for our innovations. Starting in 2009, in
an effort to generate more profitable growth and new product and market development from our R&D
investments, Philips will redirect EUR 250 million of innovation spending from mature to emerging
market areas. The redirection of innovation is guided by the newly-formed Philips Innovation board,
chaired by Philips CEO, and the Companys chief officers of Technology, Strategy, Marketing and
Design.
Research and development expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenditures |
|
|
1,629 |
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenditures per sector 1) 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
642 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
492 |
|
|
|
407 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
305 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
1,629 |
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Includes the write-off of acquired in-process research and development of EUR 15 million in
2008, (2007: EUR 13 million) |
|
2) |
|
Total R&D expenditures include costs related to external contract research, accounting for 5%
and 3% of the Companys R&D expenditures for the years 2007 and 2008, respectively. |
In 2008, Philips investment in R&D activities amounted to EUR 1,622 million (6.1% of sales),
compared with EUR 1,629 million (6.1% of sales) in 2007. Higher expenditures at Healthcare and
Lighting were fully offset by lower expenditures at Consumer Lifestyle. Also, investments in
innovative technologies increased in areas such as energy-efficient and solid-state lighting
solutions as well as in the areas of health and wellness. These increases were offset by lower
expenditures in more mature technologies, such as lamps and television.
Healthcare R&D expenditures increased in 2008, mainly due to the acquisition of Respironics.
Lightings expenditures were also above 2007 as a result of the acquisition of Genlyte and higher
investments in energy-efficient and solid-state lighting solutions. The lower R&D expenditures
within Consumer Lifestyle were mainly due to lower expenditures in maturing product categories,
such as Television. Furthermore, R&D investments at Innovation & Emerging Businesses were on par
with 2007, as higher investments in the Incubator activities were offset by lower external contract
research.
Philips strong innovation pipeline contributed positively to the Companys sales in 2008, as 58%
of Group sales came from newly introduced products products introduced within the last year (for
B2C products) or three years (for B2B products). Compared to last year, a 2% improvement was seen
thanks to above-average contributions from Healthcare and Consumer Lifestyle. Philips aims to
maintain its new-product-to-sales ratio above 50%, while at the same time focusing on the
profitability of new products and reallocating innovation spend more towards new business creation.
Supply management
The Supply Management function has been designed to create value for Philips by leveraging the
scale of the company, thereby creating a single point of management and accountability for our
supply base.
Our approach in turbulent markets
Given the turbulent global economic climate in 2008, proactive risk management and mitigation
strategies aimed at ensuring continuity of supply and competitiveness of sourcing were essential.
Initiatives included enhanced monitoring of the financial stability of the key supplier base and,
where necessary, early intervention to reduce Philips exposure.
Supply Management also assisted in managing the sourcing risk through a pro-active approach towards
key and sole source suppliers, as well as supporting sector-specific initiatives such as a
dual-sourcing strategy for LCD panels and electronic manufacturing services (EMS) in the Consumer
Lifestyle sector.
32
Additionally, Supply Management teams protected Philips from significant raw material price
fluctuations in 2008, mainly through the use of forward commodity contracts. Also, 2008 saw
progress towards further outsourcing of bill-of-material (BOM) spending: over 50% of Philips BOM
spending is now outsourced, albeit to a smaller, but more focused, number of suppliers.
Our supplier network
The Global Supplier Rating System (GSRS) was further deployed in 2008, providing structured
measurement of supplier performance and rigorous tracking of improvement actions. GSRS covered 85%
of Philips total spend in 2008. Key supplier scores improved 9% in the year to reach a solid
overall rating of 78%.
In 2008, Philips continued to develop the Partners for Growth strategic supplier network, bringing
together its top 30 suppliers to identify and exploit joint business opportunities. This initiative
was combined with our supplier sustainability initiative, which ensures mandatory auditing of all
suppliers with spend above EUR 100,000 in risk areas. This involves tracking all sustainability
issues in risk areas and, where necessary, a highly accelerated resolution of identified issues.
Employment
Change in number of employees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in FTEs |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Position at beginning of year |
|
|
121,732 |
|
|
|
123,801 |
|
Consolidation changes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- new consolidations |
|
|
6,654 |
|
|
|
12,673 |
|
- deconsolidations |
|
|
(3,535 |
) |
|
|
(1,571 |
) |
Comparable change |
|
|
(1,050 |
) |
|
|
(13,505 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Position at year-end of which: |
|
|
123,801 |
|
|
|
121,398 |
|
continuing operations |
|
|
118,098 |
|
|
|
121,398 |
|
discontinued operations |
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excluding discontinued operations (MedQuist in 2007), the total number of employees of the Philips
Group was 121,398 at the end of 2008, compared to 118,098 at the end of 2007. Approximately 47%
were employed in the Lighting sector, due to the still relatively strong vertical integration in
this business. Some 29% were employed in the Healthcare sector and approximately 14% of the
workforce was employed in the Consumer Lifestyle sector.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in FTEs |
|
at the end of |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
29,191 |
|
|
|
35,551 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
23,397 |
|
|
|
17,346 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
54,323 |
|
|
|
57,166 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
5,888 |
|
|
|
5,324 |
|
Group Management & Services |
|
|
5,299 |
|
|
|
6,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118,098 |
|
|
|
121,398 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,801 |
|
|
|
121,398 |
|
|
The main increase in employee numbers in 2008 was due to acquisitions, which added 12,673
employees. The main acquisition-related increases were within Healthcare (mainly Respironics) and
Lighting (Genlyte).
This increase was partially reduced by the divestments in Consumer Lifestyle, primarily the North
America television activities and the sale of Set-Top Boxes. Additionally, restructuring and
business optimization projects resulted in personnel reductions across all sectors, mainly within
Consumer Lifestyle and Lighting.
33
Employees per market cluster
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in FTEs |
|
at the end of |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
40,244 |
|
|
|
37,452 |
|
North America |
|
|
21,682 |
|
|
|
31,336 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
1,850 |
|
|
|
1,633 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mature markets |
|
|
63,776 |
|
|
|
70,421 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
33,377 |
|
|
|
32,084 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
20,945 |
|
|
|
18,893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118,098 |
|
|
|
121,398 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,801 |
|
|
|
121,398 |
|
|
Approximately 58% of Philips workforce is located in mature markets, with 42% in emerging markets.
In 2008, the number of employees in mature markets increased, largely as a result of the Genlyte
and Respironics acquisitions. This increase was partly offset by restructuring programs across all
sectors. Key emerging markets saw a reduction in employee numbers as additional headcount from the
Healthcare acquisitions in China, India and Brazil was offset by the divestment of HTP Optics, the
sale of the Television factory in Juarez (Mexico) and a reduction of employees due to lower factory
production. The employee decrease in other emerging markets was largely due to low year-end
production volumes in Hungary and the Lamps and Lighting Electronics factory in Poland.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average sales per employee 1) |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In thousand of euros |
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Annual sales divided by the monthly average number of FTEs. |
Sales per employee decreased from EUR 224,000 in 2007 to EUR 209,000 in 2008, affected by 3%
unfavorable currency movements compared to 2007.
Adjusted for the 3% adverse foreign currency impact in 2008, sales per employee declined 4%,
largely due to Consumer Lifestyle, caused by a sharp decline in sales in the second half of the
year, as well as Healthcare and Innovation & Emerging Businesses. The decline was partly mitigated
by increases in Lighting and Group Management & Services.
Liquidity and capital resources
Cash Flows provided by continuing operations
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 are
presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
4,160 |
|
|
|
(186 |
) |
(Income) loss discontinued operations |
|
|
433 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities |
|
|
(3,074 |
) |
|
|
1,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
1,519 |
|
|
|
1,495 |
|
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities |
|
|
3,930 |
|
|
|
(3,101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities2) |
|
|
5,449 |
|
|
|
(1,606 |
) |
Net cash used for financing activities |
|
|
(2,368 |
) |
|
|
(3,575 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used for) continuing operations |
|
|
3,081 |
|
|
|
(5,181 |
) |
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations |
|
|
(115 |
) |
|
|
(37 |
) |
Effect on changes in exchange rates on cash positions |
|
|
(112 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total changes in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
2,854 |
|
|
|
(5,257 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
6,023 |
|
|
|
8,877 |
|
Less cash and cash equivalents at end of year discontinued
operations |
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year continuing operations |
|
|
8,769 |
|
|
|
3,620 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18.
|
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
34
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash from operating activities amounted to EUR 1,495 million in 2008, slightly lower than the
EUR 1,519 million cash flows generated in 2007. A decline in sales-driven earnings in Consumer
Lifestyle was largely offset by lower working capital requirements in most sectors and the positive
cash contributions from acquisitions.
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from investing activities were an outflow of EUR 3,101 million in 2008, due to EUR 5,316
million cash used for acquisitions and EUR 722 million used for net capital expenditures, partly
offset by EUR 2,937 million of inflows received mainly from the sale of other non-current financial
assets (mainly TSMC).
2007 cash flows from investing activities amounted to an inflow of EUR 3,930 million as a result of
EUR 6,130 million of proceeds, mainly from the sale of other non-current financial assets (notably
TSMC) and businesses (notably LG Display), partly offset by cash used for acquisitions (EUR 1,502
million) and net capital expenditures (EUR 698 million).
Cash flows from operating activities and net capital expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
1,519 |
|
|
|
1,495 |
|
Net capital expenditures |
|
|
(698 |
) |
|
|
(722 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
Net capital expenditures
Net capital expenditures totaled EUR 722 million in 2008, EUR 24 million higher than in 2007,
mainly due to acquisition-driven investment increases in Healthcare, as well as higher investments
in solid-state lighting at Lighting. These higher investments were partly offset by higher proceeds
from the sale of real estate within Group Management & Services.
Cash flows from acquisitions, divestments and derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Divestments & derivatives |
|
|
6,130 |
|
|
|
2,937 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
(1,502 |
) |
|
|
(5,316 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions
In 2008, a total of EUR 5,316 million cash was used for acquisitions, mainly for Respironics (EUR
3,196 million), Genlyte (EUR 1,805 million) and VISICU (EUR 198 million).
In 2007, cash disbursements amounting to EUR 1,502 million were used for acquisitions, notably for
PLI (EUR 561 million) and Color Kinetics (EUR 515 million), as well as for DLO, Health Watch, TIR
Systems, Raytel Cardiac Services and Emergin.
Divestments and derivatives
Cash proceeds of EUR 1,831 million and EUR 37 million were received from the final sale of stakes
in TSMC and D&M Holdings respectively. Additionally, the sale of shares in LG Display generated EUR
670 million cash. The maturing of derivatives led to a net cash inflow of EUR 337 million.
In 2007, EUR 4,105 million in cash was received from the sale of other non-current financial
assets, primarily related to TSMC, while EUR 1,640 million cash was generated by the sale of
interests in businesses, including the sale of 46.4 million shares in LG Display. The maturing of
currency hedges led to a net cash inflow of EUR 385 million.
Cash flows from financing activities
Net cash used for financing activities in 2008 was EUR 3,575 million. The impact of changes in debt
was an increase of EUR 380 million, including the issuance of EUR 2,053 million of bonds, offset by
bond repayments amounting to EUR 1,691 million. Also, Philips shareholders were paid EUR 720
million in the form of a dividend payment. Additionally, net cash outflows for share repurchases
totaled EUR 3,257 million. This included a total of EUR 3,298 million related to the repurchases of
shares for cancellation. The cash outflows were partially offset by a net cash inflow of EUR 41
million due to the exercise of stock options.
35
In 2007, net cash used for financing activities totaled EUR 2,368 million. The impact of changes in
debt was a reduction of EUR 281 million, including a EUR 113 million repayment of long-term bank
borrowings. Furthermore, Philips shareholders were paid EUR 659 million as a dividend payment. Net
cash outflows for share repurchases totaled EUR 1,448 million. This included EUR 810 million
related to hedging of obligations under the long-term employee incentive and employee stock
purchase programs and a total of EUR 823 million related to the repurchases of the shares for
cancellation. These cash outflows were partially offset by a net cash inflow of EUR 161 million due
to the exercise of stock options.
Cash flows from discontinued operations
In 2008, EUR 37 million cash was used by discontinued operations, the majority of which related to
tax payments in connection with the 2006 sale of Philips majority stake in the Semiconductors
business.
In 2007, EUR 115 million cash was used by discontinued operations, the majority of which was due to
tax payments related to the Semiconductors business and operating cash flows of MedQuist in 2007.
Financing
The consolidated balance sheet information for the years 2008 and 2007 is presented below:
Condensed consolidated balance sheet information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
6,289 |
|
|
|
11,676 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
3,180 |
|
|
|
3,484 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
3,146 |
|
|
|
3,371 |
|
Receivables |
|
|
9,500 |
|
|
|
9,275 |
|
Accounts payable and other liabilities |
|
|
(7,799 |
) |
|
|
(8,625 |
) |
Provisions |
|
|
(3,089 |
) |
|
|
(3,969 |
) |
Other non-current financial assets |
|
|
3,183 |
|
|
|
1,331 |
|
Equity-accounted investees |
|
|
1,886 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
Assets of discontinued operations |
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations |
|
|
(157 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,472 |
|
|
|
16,827 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
8,769 |
|
|
|
3,620 |
|
Debt |
|
|
(3,557 |
) |
|
|
(4,158 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (debt) |
|
|
5,212 |
|
|
|
(538 |
) |
Minority interests |
|
|
(42 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
Stockholders equity |
|
|
(21,642 |
) |
|
|
(16,243 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,472 |
) |
|
|
(16,827 |
) |
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
Cash
and cash equivalents
In 2008, cash and cash equivalents declined by EUR 5,149 million to EUR 3,620 million at year-end.
The share buyback program led to a cash outflow of EUR 3,298 million while a dividend of EUR 720
million was paid. Furthermore, cash outflows for acquisitions were EUR 5,316 million, partially
compensated by EUR 2,600 million in cash proceeds from divestments. In addition, cash flow from
operations amounted to EUR 1,495 million, partly offset by unfavorable currency changes within cash
and cash equivalents of EUR 39 million.
In 2007, cash and cash equivalents increased by EUR 2,883 million to EUR 8,769 million at the end
of the year. The share buyback program led to a cash outflow of EUR 1,609 million. Furthermore a
dividend of EUR 659 million was paid. Cash outflows for acquisitions amounted to EUR 1,502 million,
partially offset by cash proceeds received from divestments of EUR 5,745 million. The cash flows
from operations amounted to EUR 1,519 million, partly compensated by an unfavorable impact from
currency changes of EUR 112 million which impacted cash and cash equivalents.
36
Debt
position
Total debt outstanding at the end of 2008 was EUR 4,158 million, compared with EUR 3,557 million at
the end of 2007.
Changes in debt are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New borrowings |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(2,088 |
) |
Repayments |
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
1,708 |
|
Consolidation and currency effects |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
(221 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total changes in debt |
|
|
312 |
|
|
|
(601 |
) |
|
In 2008, total debt increased by EUR 601 million. During the year, Philips repaid EUR 1,691 million
of bonds. Repayments under capital leases amounted to EUR 28 million, while EUR 5 million was used
to reduce other long-term debt. These reductions were more than offset by new borrowings which
totaled EUR 2,088 million.
In March, Philips issued EUR 2,053 million of corporate bonds, thereby significantly extending the
overall maturity profile. New borrowings under capital leases totaled EUR 31 million in the year.
Other changes resulting from consolidation and currency effects led to an increase of EUR 221
million.
In 2007, total debt decreased by EUR 312 million. Philips repaid EUR 113 million of bank
facilities; repayments under capital leases amounted to EUR 24 million; and EUR 15 million resulted
from reductions in other long-term debt. Repayments under short-term debt totaled EUR 158 million.
New borrowings totaled EUR 29 million. Other changes resulting from consolidation and currency
effects led to a reduction of EUR 31 million.
Long-term debt as a proportion of the total debt stood at 83% at the end of 2008 with average
remaining term of 10.9 years, compared to 34% at the end of 2007.
Net debt to group equity
Net
debt (cash) to group equity 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in billions of euros |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt (cash) |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
Group equity 2) |
|
|
21.7 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
|
Ratio |
|
|
(32):132 |
|
|
|
3:97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
Stockholders equity and minority interests |
|
3) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Philips ended 2008 in a net debt position (cash and cash equivalents, net of debt) of EUR 538
million, compared to a net cash position of EUR 5,212 million at the end of 2007.
Stockholders
equity
Stockholders equity declined by EUR 5,399 million in 2008 to EUR 16,243 million at December 31,
2008. The decrease was mainly attributable to share repurchase programs for capital reduction
purposes, as well as the hedging of long-term incentive and employee stock purchase programs,
reducing equity by EUR 3,298 million. The dividend payment to shareholders in 2008 further reduced
equity by EUR 720 million. Additionally a EUR 1,539 million decrease related to total changes in
comprehensive income, net of tax. The decrease was partially offset by EUR 158 million related to
re-issuance of treasury stock and share-based compensation plans.
Stockholders equity decreased by EUR 1,321 million in 2007 to EUR 21,642 million at December 31,
2007. Share repurchase programs for capital reduction purposes and the hedging of long-term
incentive and employee stock purchase programs resulted in a EUR 1,633 million reduction of equity.
The dividend payment to shareholders in 2007 further reduced equity by EUR 659 million. The
decrease was partially offset by EUR 305 million related to re-issuance of treasury stock and
share-based compensation plans and a further EUR 666 million increase, related to total changes in
comprehensive income, net of tax.
The number of outstanding common shares of Royal Philips Electronics at December 31, 2008, was 923
million (2007: 1,065 million).
At the end of 2008, the Company held 47.6 million shares in treasury to cover the future delivery
of shares. This was in connection with the 65.5 million rights outstanding at the end of 2008 under
the Companys long-term incentive plan and convertible personnel debentures. At the end of 2008,
the Company held 1.9 million shares for cancellation.
37
At the end of 2007, the Company held 52.1 million shares in treasury to cover the future delivery
of shares. This was in connection with the 61.4 million rights outstanding at year-end 2007 under
the Companys long-term incentive plans and convertible personnel debentures. At the end of 2007,
the Company held 25.8 million shares for cancellation. Treasury shares are accounted for as a
reduction of stockholders equity.
Liquidity
position
Including the companys net debt (cash) position (cash and cash equivalents, net of debt), listed
available for-sale securities, listed equity-accounted investees, as well as its USD 2.5 billion
commercial paper program supported by the revolving credit facility, the company had access to net
available liquidity resources of EUR 2,395 million as of December 31, 2008, compared to EUR 11,374
million one year earlier.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
8,769 |
|
|
|
3,620 |
|
Commited revolving credit facility/CP program |
|
|
1,698 |
|
|
|
2,274 |
|
Short-term debt |
|
|
(2,345 |
) |
|
|
(717 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term available liquidity |
|
|
8,122 |
|
|
|
5,177 |
|
Available-for-sale securities at market value |
|
|
1,776 |
|
|
|
599 |
|
Main listed investments in equity-accounted
investees at market value |
|
|
2,688 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
(1,212 |
) |
|
|
(3,441 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net available liquidity resources |
|
|
11,374 |
|
|
|
2,395 |
|
The fair value of the Companys listed available-for-sale securities, based on quoted market prices
at December 31, 2008, amounted to EUR 599 million, of which EUR 558 million related to LG Display
and EUR 29 million related to Pace Micro Technology.
The Company has a lock-up period associated with the sale of shares in Pace Micro Technology that
expires on April 21, 2009. The sale of TSMC shares contributed the majority of the decrease in
available-for-sale securities.
Philips shareholdings in its main listed equity-accounted investees had a fair value of EUR 60
million based on quoted market prices at December 31, 2008, and consisted primarily of the
Companys holdings in TPV Technology. The Company transferred LG Display from equity-accounted
investees to available-for-sale securities effective March 1, 2008 as Philips was no longer able to
exercise significant influence. The decline in the value of LG Display holding was due to the sale
of 24 million shares, as well as the sharp decline in the stock price in 2008.
Philips has a USD 2.5 billion commercial paper program, under which it can issue commercial paper
up to 364 days in tenor, both in the US and in Europe, in any major freely convertible currency.
There is a panel of banks, in Europe and in the US, which service the program. When Philips wants
to fund through the commercial paper program, it contacts the panel of banks. The interest is at
market rates prevailing at the time of issuance of the commercial paper. There is no collateral
requirement in the commercial paper program. Also, there are no limitations on Philips use of the
program, save for market considerations, such as that the commercial paper market itself is not
open.
If this were to be the case, Philips USD 2.5 billion committed revolving credit facilities could
act as back-up for short-term financing requirements that normally would be satisfied through the
commercial paper program. The USD 2.5 billion revolving credit facility does not have a material
adverse change clause, has no financial covenants and does not have credit-rating-related
acceleration possibilities. The revolving credit facility is allocated among 26 banks headquartered
in Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries. As of December 31,
2008, Philips did not have any commercial paper outstanding.
In addition to the USD 2.5 billion revolving credit facility, Philips has a EUR 500 million standby
roll-over loan agreement in place. The availability of EUR 450 million out of this EUR 500 million
is committed until April 29, 2010. As of December 31, 2008, Philips did not have any loans
outstanding under these facilities.
As of December 31, 2008 Philips had an undrawn committed bilateral loan of EUR 250 million in place
which was fully drawn in January 2009.
As at December 31, 2008, Philips had total cash and cash equivalents of EUR 3,620 million; Philips
pools cash from subsidiaries to the extent legally and economically feasible. Cash in subsidiaries
is not necessarily freely available for alternative uses due to possible legal or economic
restrictions. The amount of cash not immediately available is not considered material for Philips
to meet its cash obligations. Philips had a total debt position of EUR 4,158 million at year-end
2008.
38
The year 2007
|
|
In 2007 we accelerated the transformation of Philips into a market-focused, people-centric
company capable of delivering sustained profits. |
|
|
|
We invested a total of EUR 1.5 billion in acquiring high-growth, high-margin businesses to
strengthen our leadership position in promising markets and to gain access to new markets. |
|
|
|
At the end of 2007, we announced the two largest acquisitions in recent company history,
Genlyte and Respironics. The integration of these highly profitable companies is in line with
our Vision 2010 strategy. |
|
|
|
In 2007 we further reduced our shareholdings in LG Display and TSMC to 19.9% and 5.0%
respectively, generating cash inflows of EUR 5.4 billion and a gain of over EUR 3 billion. |
|
|
|
We bought back shares for EUR 1.6 billion and returned EUR 0.6 billion cash to our
shareholders via the annual dividend payment. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros, except for the per common share data & FTE |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
26,682 |
|
|
|
26,793 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations (IFO) |
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
1,841 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Income from operations (Adjusted IFO) 2) |
|
|
1,383 |
|
|
|
2,054 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial income and expenses |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
2,613 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
(166 |
) |
|
|
(619 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results equity-accounted investees |
|
|
(157 |
) |
|
|
763 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interests |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
|
899 |
|
|
|
4,593 |
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations |
|
|
4,482 |
|
|
|
(433 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
5,381 |
|
|
|
4,160 |
|
Per common share (in euro) basic |
|
|
4.58 |
|
|
|
3.83 |
|
Per common share (in euro) diluted |
|
|
4.55 |
|
|
|
3.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) 2) |
|
|
8,473 |
|
|
|
10,529 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities 2) |
|
|
(2,472 |
) |
|
|
5,449 |
|
Employees (FTE) |
|
|
121,732 |
|
|
|
123,801 |
|
of which discontinued operations |
|
|
6,640 |
|
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
In 2007 the Philips Group achieved comparable sales growth of 5%. However, because of a 3% negative
currency effect and the impact of acquisitions and divestments, nominal sales remained stable
compared to 2006.
Comparable sales growth was realized by all sectors, with Lighting (6%) delivering particularly
strong growth. Comparable sales growth at Consumer Lifestyle was 4%, limited by market share losses
in Television in the first half of 2007, especially in the US. At Healthcare, comparable sales
increased by 4%, despite a softening of the imaging market in the US, due in part to the impact of
the Deficit Reduction Act, and in Japan.
Sales growth was particularly strong in emerging markets, which will continue to be increasingly
important to Philips. Emerging markets, most notably China, Russia and India, contributed 60% to
our comparable sales increase in value, while accounting for 30% of total revenues.
IFO amounted to EUR 1,841 million, compared to EUR 1,198 million in 2006.
The Groups adjusted IFO improved by EUR 671 million and amounted to EUR 2,054 million, or 7.7% of
sales, the highest margin in recent years, up from 5.2% in 2006. The higher results were primarily
driven by Lighting and Consumer Lifestyle, which achieved adjusted IFO margins of 11.9% and 6.4%
respectively. Additionally, the EUR 146 million cost reduction in the Group Management & Services
sector contributed significantly to the earnings improvement. The increase in adjusted IFO was also
attributable to a EUR 256 million product liability charge in 2006.
Income from continuing operations amounted to EUR 4,593 million, an increase of EUR 3,694 million
compared to 2006. The improvement was driven by EUR 671 million higher adjusted IFO and EUR 2,585
million increased financial income, primarily due to the sale of shares in TSMC. Income tax charges
were EUR 453 million higher, at an effective tax rate of 13.9% in 2007 compared to 13.5% in 2006.
Results of equity-accounted investees improved by EUR 920 million, including a EUR 508 million
non-taxable gain from the sale of shares of LG Display and a EUR 456 million improvement in that
companys operational results.
39
Income from discontinued operations showed a loss of EUR 433 million, mainly due to
MedQuist-related impairment charges, taking into account cumulative foreign currency translation
differences. In 2006, income from discontinued operations included a total gain of EUR 4,283
million from the sale of Philips majority stake in Semiconductors.
Net income for the Group resulted in a profit of EUR 4,160 million, or EUR 3.83 per share.
Cash flows before financing activities increased by EUR 7.9 billion, largely due to increased cash
flows from operating activities, higher inflows from the sale of stakes in TSMC and LG Display, and
lower cash outflows for acquisitions.
Performance of the Group
Sales
In percentage terms, the composition of sales growth in 2007, compared to 2006, was as follows:
Sales growth composition 2007 versus 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consoli- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
comparable |
|
|
currency |
|
|
dation |
|
|
nominal |
|
|
|
growth 1) |
|
|
effects |
|
|
changes |
|
|
growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
(3.1 |
) |
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
Innovation and Emerging Business |
|
|
38.4 |
|
|
|
(3.1 |
) |
|
|
(96.5 |
) |
|
|
(61.2 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
30.8 |
|
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
(10.5 |
) |
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Group sales grew by 5% on a comparable basis to EUR 26,793 million in 2007. However, because of a
3% negative currency effect and a negative net impact of acquisitions and divestments, mainly due
to the divestment of Optical Storage and Mobile Phones, nominal sales remained stable
year-over-year.
The comparable sales growth was driven by all market clusters and all sectors, and was particularly
strong at Lighting (6.0%).
The increase in Lighting sales was mainly attributable to solid growth in energy-efficient lighting
within the Lamps and Luminaires businesses.
Consumer Lifestyles growth (3.8%) was driven by double-digit sales growth in the former Domestic
Appliances businesses, and was visible throughout all market clusters, with especially strong
growth rates in emerging markets. The growth was partially offset by a slight decline in
Television.
Healthcares growth (3.7%) was led by Clinical Care Systems and Customer Services. Overall sales
growth was tempered by a decline at Imaging Systems, primarily due to a softening of the market in
the US (including the effect of the Deficit Reduction Act) and Japan.
Earnings
In 2007, Philips gross margin of EUR 9,223 million, or 34.4% of sales, represented an improvement
of EUR 976 million compared to 2006 (EUR 8,247 million, or 30.9%). Adjusted for the product
liability charge in 2006 (EUR 256 million), gross margin improved from 31.9% of sales to 34.4%.
This improvement was primarily driven by higher gross margins at Healthcare and Lighting.
Selling expenses increased from EUR 4,655 million in 2006 to EUR 4,980 million in 2007, largely due
to higher expenditures at Lighting and Consumer Lifestyle, both partly related to acquisitions and
higher sales. As a percentage of sales, selling expenses increased from 17.4% in 2006 to 18.6% in
2007, mainly attributable to Lighting (mostly due to acquisitions) and Healthcare.
Research and development costs (EUR 1,629 million, or 6.1% of sales) declined slightly compared to
2006 (EUR 1,659 million, or 6.2% of sales), as lower expenditures at Consumer Lifestyle, mainly
related to the divestment of Mobile Phones, offset increased investments in Healthcare, Lighting
and Innovation & Emerging Businesses.
General and administrative expenses (EUR 919 million) declined by 5% compared to 2006 (EUR 969
million), largely as a result of lower pension costs and reduced overhead costs in corporate and
regional organizations, following the simplification of the regional management structure. As a
percentage of sales, G&A costs declined from 3.6% in 2006 to 3.4% in 2007.
The following overview shows sales, IFO and adjusted IFO according to the 2008 sector
classification.
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a % of |
|
|
adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO 2) |
|
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
6,638 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
862 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
13,330 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
675 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
722 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
|
Innovation and Emerging Business |
|
|
535 |
|
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
(15.3 |
) |
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
(15.1 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
26,793 |
|
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
2,054 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group and Healthcare financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of
intercompany profit eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and
revisions under the section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by
reference under Item 18.
|
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a % of |
|
|
adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO 2) |
|
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
6,562 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
13,108 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
5,466 |
|
|
|
577 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
Innovation and Emerging Business |
|
|
1,379 |
|
|
|
(76 |
) |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
(699 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(699 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
26,682 |
|
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
1,383 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group and Healthcare financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of
intercompany profit eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and
revisions under the section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by
reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
In 2007, IFO increased by EUR 643 million compared to 2006, to EUR 1,841 million or 6.9% of sales.
Excluding the EUR 256 million product liability charge which was recognized in 2006, IFO
profitability improved by 1.5% in relation to sales, driven by the improved performance of
Lighting, Consumer Lifestyle and Group Management & Services.
Total adjusted IFO for the Group increased from EUR 1,383 million, or 5.2% of sales, in 2006 to EUR
2,054 million, or 7.7% of sales, in 2007, exceeding the Groups profitability target of 7.5%.
The main drivers of the year-on-year adjusted IFO improvement were the strong, mainly sales-driven
performance at Consumer Lifestyle (EUR 156 million) and higher earnings at Lighting (EUR 114
million), as a result of higher sales across almost all businesses and a lower loss in the
fluorescent-based LCD Backlighting business. Excluding the EUR 256 million negative impact of
product liability charges in 2006, Group Management & Services result improved by EUR 146 million
due to reduced corporate and regional costs as well as lower pension and brand campaign costs.
Healthcares adjusted IFO of EUR 862 million represented a slight increase compared to 2006.
Higher earnings at Customer Services, Clinical Care Systems and Healthcare Informatics and Patient
Monitoring were partly offset by lower earning at Imaging Systems, largely as a consequence of
lower sales. However, the sector fell short of its 2007 target of 14-15% adjusted IFO
profitability, almost entirely due to the challenging nature of the imaging market in 2007,
especially in the US, which was affected by the Deficit Reduction Act. The 2007 adjusted IFO
included EUR 8 million acquisition-related charges for Intermagnetics, whereas EUR 78 million
post-merger integration costs and purchase-accounting charges related to the acquisitions of Witt
Biomedical and Intermagnetics were included in 2006.
Consumer Lifestyles adjusted IFO increase of EUR 156 million compared to 2006 was primarily driven
by strong sales growth, supported by the full-year contribution of Avent, and rapid expansion in
emerging markets with stable margins. A sales decline and high margin pressure at Television,
particularly in North America, were more than offset by higher adjusted IFO in the other
businesses, most notably Peripherals & Accessories and Audio & Video Multimedia. In addition,
effective cost management supported the adjusted IFO profitability increase of 1.1% of sales
compared to 2006. All Consumer Lifestyle businesses supported the overall year-on-year improvement,
both in nominal terms and as a percentage of sales.
41
Lightings adjusted IFO improved to EUR 722 million, or 11.9% of sales, mainly due to higher
earnings in Lamps, Lumileds, Professional Luminaires and additional adjusted IFO from the
acquisition of Partners in Lighting International (PLI). The exit from the loss-making fluorescent
lamp-based LCD backlighting business at the beginning of 2007 also added to the adjusted IFO
improvement.
The adjusted IFO loss at Innovation & Emerging Businesses amounted to EUR 81 million, compared to a
loss of EUR 75 million in 2006. Adjusted IFO in 2006 included an aggregated gain of EUR 76 million
on the divestment of several businesses within Corporate Investments and Corporate Technologies. In
2007, adjusted IFO improved due to EUR 44 million higher license income.
Adjusted IFO at Group Management & Services improved by EUR 402 million compared to 2006, when the
EUR 256 million product liability charge was recognized. The improvement in adjusted IFO was also
driven by a EUR 146 million reduction in Corporate, Country & Regional overheads, lower pension
costs and reduced investments in the brand campaign.
Pensions
In 2007, net periodic pension costs of defined-benefit pension plans amounted to EUR 27 million,
compared to EUR 75 million in 2006, mainly due to an increase in plan assets in 2006. The payments
to defined-contribution pension plans amounted to EUR 84 million, EUR 4 million higher than in
2006, largely due to acquisitions.
Total pension costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pension costs |
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
|
(111 |
) |
of which operating sectors |
|
|
(93 |
) |
|
|
(99 |
) |
of which Group Management & Services |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
The accounting rule for pensions and other postretirement benefits (SFAS No. 158) requires Philips
to recognize the funded status of pensions and other postretirement benefit plans on the balance
sheet. As a consequence, new actuarial gains and losses and unrecognized prior service cost
resulting from plan amendments will directly affect stockholders equity through changes in other
comprehensive income. The amortization of such costs is removed from equity in the period that they
are included in the net periodic pension costs. The effect of SFAS 158 on stockholders equity
resulted in an increase in other comprehensive income of EUR 218 million in 2007, compared to a net
reduction of equity of EUR 477 million in 2006.
Restructuring charges
In 2007, IFO included a net charge of EUR 37 million for restructuring.
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Group Management & Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Reduction of excess provisions |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
The most significant new restructuring projects in 2007 were related to Lighting and consisted
mainly of the exit from the fluorescent lamp-based LCD backlighting business and several projects
in the Lamps business.
The Companys remaining restructuring in 2007 covered a number of smaller projects.
The most significant restructuring projects in 2006 were Healthcares transfer of the production of
SPECT cameras from Milpitas to Cleveland, the restructuring of the Klagenfurt site (Austria) within
Consumer Lifestyle, and a reduction of the fixed cost base and the creation of a more diverse and
flexible supply base in Consumer Lifestyle. Other projects included the reallocation of parts of
the Lighting activities in Weert (Netherlands) to low-cost areas, the relocation in Mexico of all
Juarez Lighting-plant activities to the Monterrey plant, and Lightings relocation of the standard
Lead in Wire business from Deurne (Netherlands) to Poland.
42
Financial income and expenses
Financial income and expenses consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expenses (net) |
|
|
(189 |
) |
|
|
(43 |
) |
Sales of securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,549 |
|
Value adjustments on securities |
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
Other |
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
2,613 |
|
|
|
The net interest expense in 2007 was EUR 146 million lower than in 2006, mainly as a result of the
higher average cash position of the Group and higher average interest rates applied to those
deposits. Additionally, interest expense decreased mainly as a result of a reduction in average
debt during 2007 compared to 2006.
Income (loss) from the sale of securities consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from the sale of securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale TSMC shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,528 |
|
Loss on sale of JDS Uniphase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
Gain on sale of Nuance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,549 |
|
|
|
In 2007, a total gain of EUR 2,549 million was recognized on the sale of shares in TSMC, Nuance and
JDS Uniphase, whereas during 2006 there were no sales of securities.
The value adjustments on securities of EUR 36 million in 2007 was related to an impairment of JDS
Uniphase prior to the sale. 2006 included losses of EUR 77 million resulting from an impairment of
the available-for-sale holding in TPO Display.
Other financial income of EUR 143 million in 2007 included a cash dividend of EUR 128 million from
TSMC and a EUR 12 million gain related to the revaluation of the convertible bond received from TPV
Technology.
In 2006, other financial income of EUR 294 million included a cash dividend of EUR 223 million from
TSMC, a gain of EUR 97 million upon the designation of the TSMC stock dividend as trading
securities, and a gain of EUR 29 million as a result of an increase in the fair value of these
trading securities. This was partially offset by EUR 61 million losses due to a decline in the fair
value of the share option within a convertible bond received from TPV Technology.
Income taxes
Income taxes amounted to EUR 619 million, compared to EUR 166 million in 2006. The tax burden in
2007 corresponded to an effective tax rate of 13.9% on pre-tax income, compared to 13.5% in 2006.
The effective tax rate in 2007 was affected by tax-exempt items such as the non-taxable gain on the
sale of shares in TSMC. Non-taxable items in 2006 were the TSMC dividend, as well as the gains and
losses resulting from changes in the fair value of TSMC stock and the TPV convertible bond. Income
taxes in 2006 were also positively affected by a reduction in the Dutch corporate tax rate and
gains resulting from final agreements on prior-year taxes in various jurisdictions.
Results of equity-accounted investees
The results relating to equity-accounted investees increased by EUR 920 million compared to 2006
and resulted in income of EUR 763 million in 2007, a breakdown of which is given in the table
below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companys participation in income (loss) |
|
|
(180 |
) |
|
|
271 |
|
Results on sales of shares |
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
514 |
|
Gains arising from dilution effects |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
Investment impairment and guarantee charges |
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(157 |
) |
|
|
763 |
|
|
43
The Companys participation in the net income of equity-accounted investees increased from a loss
of EUR 180 million in 2006 to a profit of EUR 271 million in 2007, mainly due to higher earnings at
LG Display. Philips share in LG Displays operational results in 2007 improved by EUR 456 million
compared to 2006, resulting in a profit of EUR 260 million, compared to a loss of EUR 196 million
in 2006.
Earnings from the sale of shares mainly consisted of the EUR 508 million non-taxable gain on the
sale of a 13% stake in LG Display, reducing Philips shareholding from 32.9% to 19.9%. In 2006, a
EUR 76 million non-taxable gain was recognized on the sale of the remaining 8.4 million shares of
common stock in FEI, which reduced Philips shareholding from 24.8% to zero.
In 2006, gains and losses arising from dilution effects were mainly due to a EUR 14 million
dilution gain recorded for TPV.
In 2006, investment impairment and guarantee charges primarily related to a EUR 61 million loss
which was recognized as a result of agreements made with LG.Philips Displays for voluntary payments
(social contributions and environmental clean-up), mainly in France, Germany, the Netherlands and
the UK.
Minority interest
The share of minority interests in the income of Group companies reduced income by EUR 5 million,
compared to EUR 4 million in 2006.
Discontinued operations
Philips reports the results of Mobile Display Systems, Semiconductors and the MedQuist business
separately as discontinued operations. Consequently, the related results, including transaction
gains and losses, are shown separately in the financial statements under Discontinued operations.
The loss from discontinued operations of EUR 433 million in 2007 was primarily attributable to a
EUR 360 million impairment charge for MedQuist, taking into account EUR 325 million cumulative
foreign currency translation differences, which had previously been accumulated under equity since
the date of the acquisition in 2000. In addition, a EUR 43 million loss related to the 2006 sale of
a majority stake in the Semiconductors division was recognized, mainly due to pension settlements.
In 2006, the Company sold a majority stake in its Semiconductors division to a private equity
consortium. The transaction consisted of the sale of the division for a total consideration of EUR
7,913 million and the simultaneous acquisition of a minority interest in the recapitalized
organization at a cost of EUR 854 million. A net gain of EUR 4,283 million was recorded on the
sale.
The 2006 results of discontinued operations also included a EUR 29 million gain on the sale of
Mobile Display Systems to TPO.
Net income
In 2007, income from continuing operations amounted to EUR 4,593 million, an increase of EUR 3,694
million compared with 2006. The improvement was driven by EUR 643 million higher IFO and a EUR
2,585 million increase in financial income, primarily due to the sale of shares in TSMC. The EUR
453 million higher income tax charges were more than offset by a EUR 920 million increase in
results relating to equity-accounted investees, which included a EUR 508 million gain on the sale
of shares of LG Display as well as a EUR 456 million increase in that companys operational
results.
The loss from discontinued operations amounted to EUR 433 million, mainly due to the aforementioned
MedQuist related losses, whereas 2006 included a total gain of EUR 4,283 million from the sale of a
majority stake in the Semiconductors division.
Net income for the Group showed a profit of EUR 4,160 million, or EUR 3.83 per common share,
compared to EUR 5,381 million, or EUR 4.58 per common share, in 2006.
44
Performance by sector
Healthcare
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
6,562 |
|
|
|
6,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase, nominal |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
% increase,
comparable 2) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 2) |
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
862 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations (IFO) |
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
operating capital (NOC) 2) |
|
|
4,699 |
|
|
|
4,802 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows
before financing activities 2) |
|
|
(1,003 |
) |
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
27,223 |
|
|
|
29,191 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Healthcare financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Sales in 2007 totaled EUR 6,638 million, a stable nominal performance compared to 2006. Excluding
the 3% positive impact of portfolio changes and the 5% unfavorable currency effect, comparable
sales growth was 4%. Particularly strong growth in Clinical Care Systems and Customer Services was
partly offset by the decline in Imaging Systems which was negatively affected by the continued
softening of the imaging market in the US, in part a result of the impact of the Deficit Reduction
Act, and in Japan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales per market cluster |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
1,704 |
|
|
|
1,767 |
|
North America |
|
|
3,167 |
|
|
|
3,215 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
642 |
|
|
|
559 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
5,513 |
|
|
|
5,541 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
624 |
|
|
|
653 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
425 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,562 |
|
|
|
6,638 |
|
|
From a regional perspective, single-digit comparable sales growth was achieved in the mature
markets, including North America, which generated double-digit growth in all businesses except
Imaging Systems. The key emerging markets experienced double digit comparable growth, with
particularly strong performance in India and solid growth in China and Latin America.
Adjusted IFO amounted to EUR 862 million or 13.0% of sales in 2007, compared to EUR 857 million or
13.1% in 2006. Compared to 2006, higher earnings at Clinical Care Systems, Customer Services, and
Healthcare Informatics and Patient Monitoring were largely offset by lower sales-driven earnings at
Imaging Systems, partly due to the impact of the Deficit Reduction Act.
IFO was stable in 2007 compared to 2006, amounting to EUR 713 million.
Cash flows before financing activities included net payments totaling EUR 245 million, mainly for
the acquisitions of Emergin, VMI, Health Watch and Raytel Cardiac in 2007, while 2006 included
acquisition-related cash outflows of EUR 1,686 million, for Intermagnetics, Lifeline Systems and
Witt Biomedical. Excluding these acquisition-related disbursements, cash flows before financing
activities were EUR 202 million below 2006, mainly due to higher working capital requirements and
increased capital expenditures.
45
Consumer Lifestyle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
13,108 |
|
|
|
13,330 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
6,559 |
|
|
|
6,270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase (decrease), nominal |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
% increase
(decrease), comparable 1) |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Sales growth excl. Television |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase (decrease), nominal |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
%
increase (decrease), comparable 1) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 1) |
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
(68 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
(68 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
910 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
(185 |
) |
|
|
(255 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities1) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
772 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
24,419 |
|
|
|
23,397 |
|
of which Television |
|
|
7,262 |
|
|
|
6,855 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Sales totaled EUR 13,330 million in 2007, reflecting a nominal increase of 2% compared to 2006.
Adjusted for unfavorable currency effects of 2%, comparable sales increased 4%. Year-on-year sales
growth was delivered by all businesses except Television, which suffered from challenging market
conditions and a loss of market share in the first half of 2007. The sales decline at Television
was due to the positive effect, in 2006, of soccers World Cup, as well as increased competition
and price pressure in Flat TV, the latter particularly in the US. However, in the second half of
2007 Television showed 10% comparable growth.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales per market cluster |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
5,382 |
|
|
|
5,739 |
|
North America |
|
|
3,019 |
|
|
|
2,717 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
8,807 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
2,582 |
|
|
|
2,441 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
1,823 |
|
|
|
2,082 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,108 |
|
|
|
13,330 |
|
|
|
From a geographical perspective, sales growth was strong in Europe and the emerging markets in Asia
Pacific, particularly China and India, driven by increases in all businesses. Sales declined in
North America and Latin America, primarily due to Television.
Compared to 2006, adjusted IFO increased by EUR 156 million to EUR 848 million, reaching 6.4% of
sales in 2007. The year-on-year earnings rise was largely driven by higher sales and tight cost
management in all businesses except Television, which was affected by significant margin pressure,
particularly in the US.
IFO increased by EUR 149 million to EUR 832 million (6.2% of sales) in 2007, compared to EUR 683
million (5.2% of sales) in 2006.
Consumer Lifestyle generated EUR 772 million cash flows before financing activities, significantly
above last year due to the EUR 689 million net cash payment for the acquisition of Avent in 2006.
Excluding this acquisition-related outflow, EUR 122 million higher cash flow was generated thanks
to higher earnings.
46
Lighting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
5,466 |
|
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase , nominal |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
% increase,
comparable 1) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 1) |
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
722 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
577 |
|
|
|
675 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
2,527 |
|
|
|
3,886 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows
before financing activities 1) |
|
|
451 |
|
|
|
(648 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
47,739 |
|
|
|
54,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Lighting sales in 2007 grew 11% in nominal terms (or EUR 627 million), supported by the
contribution of the acquired companies PLI and Color Kinetics. Excluding these acquisitions (8%)
and the negative currency impact of 3%, comparable growth reached 6%, led by robust growth of
energy-efficient lighting, primarily within Lamps and Professional Luminaires. Sales of Solid-State
Lighting applications grew 281% year-on-year, reaching EUR 160 million, helped by the acquisition
of Color Kinetics. Automotive Lighting and Lighting Electronics also achieved further comparable
growth. However, the remaining businesses showed comparable declines, mainly due to the contracting
rear-projection TV market (Special Lighting Applications).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales per market cluster |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
2,022 |
|
|
|
2,436 |
|
North America |
|
|
1,194 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
343 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
3,559 |
|
|
|
3,865 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
1,072 |
|
|
|
1,216 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
835 |
|
|
|
1,012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,466 |
|
|
|
6,093 |
|
|
|
Geographically, the sector showed strong growth in all markets clusters except North America.
Emerging markets delivered particularly strong growth of 17% in currency-comparable terms,
attributable to solid growth across all businesses except for Special Lighting Applications in
Asia, related to the rapid contraction of the rear-projection TV market. Sales growth was notably
strong in China (18%) and India (16%).
Adjusted IFO in 2007 amounted to EUR 722 million, growing by EUR 114 million year-on-year to reach
11.9% of sales, compared to EUR 608 million or 11.1% in 2006. This improvement was driven by solid
earnings growth at Lamps and Professional Luminaires, additional adjusted IFO following the
successful integration of PLI, and lower losses related to the fluorescent-based backlighting
solutions business which we exited in Q1 2007.
IFO improved by EUR 98 million to reach EUR 675 million, or 11.1% of sales. IFO included EUR 55
million of charges, mainly restructuring charges, whereas 2006 included EUR 48 million.
Cash flows before financing included acquisition-related outflows totaling EUR 1,162 million in
2007, most notably the net payments for Partners in Lighting International (EUR 561 million) and
Color Kinetics (EUR 515 million). Net capital expenditures declined by EUR 88 million compared to
2006, mainly due to higher investments in Lumileds in 2006.
47
Innovation & Emerging Businesses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
1,379 |
|
|
|
535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase, nominal |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(61 |
) |
% increase
(decrease), comparable 1) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO Corporate Technologies |
|
|
(91 |
) |
|
|
(76 |
) |
Adjusted IFO Corporate Investments / Other |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 1) |
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
(81 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
|
(15.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
(76 |
) |
|
|
(82 |
) |
as a % of sales |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
(15.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows
before financing activities 1) |
|
|
(49 |
) |
|
|
(164 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
8,832 |
|
|
|
5,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
Corporate Technologies
Corporate Technologies adjusted IFO improved to a loss of EUR 76 million, compared to a loss of
EUR 91 million in 2006, which included a EUR 31 million gain on the sale of CryptoTec. The
improvement in adjusted IFO was largely attributable to an increase in income from intellectual
property and cost efficiencies at Research, partly offset by increased investment in the Healthcare
and Lifestyle Incubators and in research activities in emerging markets. In 2007, Corporate
Technologies recognized a gain on the sale of TASS (EUR 6 million), which was divested in the first
quarter.
Corporate Investments
As a result of the portfolio clean-up within Corporate Investments, sales declined by EUR 930
million, or 78%, in 2007. Adjusted for portfolio changes (81%) and unfavorable currency movements
(4%), comparable sales increased by 21%, which was almost entirely attributable to Assembléon.
Adjusted IFO in 2007 amounted to a loss of EUR 5 million. This included a total loss of EUR 4
million on the divestment of the remaining businesses within Philips Optical Storage (Automotive
Playback Module), Philips Business Communication in China and Ommic, whereas 2006 included gains on
divestments totaling EUR 44 million.
48
Group Management & Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key data |
|
in millions of euros, except for FTE data |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales growth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% increase, nominal |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
% increase, comparable 1) |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO Corporate and regional costs |
|
|
(226 |
) |
|
|
(156 |
) |
Adjusted IFO Brand campaign |
|
|
(126 |
) |
|
|
(111 |
) |
Adjusted IFO Service Units, Pensions, Other |
|
|
(347 |
) |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO 1) |
|
|
(699 |
) |
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO |
|
|
(699 |
) |
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) 1) |
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities 1) |
|
|
(1,832 |
) |
|
|
5,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (FTEs) |
|
|
6,879 |
|
|
|
5,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
IFO of corporate and regional overheads improved significantly in 2007 compared to 2006, primarily
as a result of the simplification of the regional management structure and lower costs related to
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, which totaled EUR 26 million in 2006.
Investments in the global brand campaign amounted to EUR 111 million, a EUR 15 million reduction
compared to 2006.
Pension and other postretirement benefit costs recorded under Group Management & Services were EUR
53 million lower than in 2006, largely due to an increase in plan assets in 2006.
The adjusted IFO improvement in the Global Service Units and other businesses was primarily
attributable to a product liability charge of EUR 256 million recognized in 2006. Adjusted IFO in
2007 was positively impacted by the result of the Real Estate Service Unit, with various gains on
real estate transactions amounting to EUR 50 million, partly offset by additional legal expenses,
mainly in the US, as well as investments in projects which target the further simplification of the
service units. In 2006, real estate
transactions yielded a profit of EUR 54 million.
On October 1, 2007, Philips completed the sale of the Finance Shared Services Centers to Infosys.
As of 2007, parts of the corporate services costs (EUR 162 million) have been allocated to the
operating sectors, which drive and create value from these resources. Previous years have been
restated accordingly.
Cash flows before financing activities turned from an outflow of EUR 1,832 million in 2006 to an
inflow of EUR 5,232 million in 2007. This inflow was primarily attributable to cash receipts
related to the sale of shares in TSMC (EUR 3,895 million) and LG Display (EUR 1,547 million). Cash
flows from operating activities improved, primarily due to EUR 742 million lower pension
contributions as compared to 2006.
Performance by market cluster
Philips monitors its performance on a geographical axis based on the following market clusters:
|
|
key emerging markets, including China, India and Latin America |
|
|
|
other emerging markets, including emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Russia,
Ukraine and Central Asia, the Middle East and Africa, Turkey and the ASEAN zone |
|
|
|
mature markets, including Western Europe, North America, Japan, Korea, Israel, Australia
and New Zealand. |
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and adjusted IFO per market cluster |
|
In millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
adjusted |
|
|
sales |
|
|
IFO |
|
|
adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO 2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFO2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
9,869 |
|
|
|
944 |
|
|
|
953 |
|
|
|
10,275 |
|
|
|
1,215 |
|
|
|
1,281 |
|
North America |
|
|
7,591 |
|
|
|
(154 |
) |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
7,147 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
1,368 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
1,331 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature markets |
|
|
18,828 |
|
|
|
822 |
|
|
|
1,005 |
|
|
|
18,753 |
|
|
|
1,416 |
|
|
|
1,626 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
4,603 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
4,435 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
3,251 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
3,605 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,682 |
|
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
1,383 |
|
|
|
26,793 |
|
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
2,054 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
In 2007, sales growth was particularly strong in emerging markets, which will continue to be a
focal area of growth for Philips. Emerging markets, most notably China, Russia and India,
contributed 60% to our comparable sales increase in value, while accounting for approximately one
third of total revenues.
Key emerging markets showed strong comparable growth, primarily driven by Lighting and Healthcare.
This was partially offset by a 5% decline in Consumer Lifestyle.
Other emerging markets, delivered strong double-digit sales growth compared to 2006, driven by the
strong performance of Consumer Lifestyle and Lighting in these countries.
Sales in Western Europe showed a solid increase on a comparable basis, visible in all sectors, most
notably by good performances by Consumer Lifestyle and Lighting.
In North America, sales on a comparable basis remained stable compared to 2006. A strong
performance by the former DAP businesses, driven by the successful introduction of new shaving and
oral healthcare products, were more than offset by declines in former Consumer Electronics
businesses, particularly Television. Moderate growth was achieved at Healthcare, despite a decline
at Imaging Systems.
Adjusted IFO in mature markets in Western Europe increased by EUR 328 million, driven by Consumer
Lifestyle and Lighting. The adjusted IFO improvement in North America was largely due to the EUR
256 million product liability charge in 2006. Key emerging markets generated adjusted IFO of EUR
209 million, a EUR 84 million improvement compared to 2006, mainly driven by significantly higher
adjusted IFO at Lighting. Adjusted IFO declined in other emerging markets, largely due to
Television.
Performance by key function
Marketing
Philips continues to increase its focus on insight-driven innovation to fuel growth. 2007 saw
improvements in our ability to understand user needs and to translate these insights into
compelling solutions. The increase in quality of our user insights is evidenced by the top-tier
performance against industry benchmark of more than half our end-user insight projects, an
improvement of 20% compared to 2006.
Key products and solutions launched in 2007 such as HeartStart MRx, Arcitec, Aurea and AmbiScene,
are examples of products based on compelling user insights in Healthcare, Consumer Lifestyle and
Lighting. Our progress in insight-driven innovation enables us to develop solutions which are truly
differentiating in the perception of people using them. This puts us in a better position to
maintain premium price levels and therefore to drive sustainable profitable growth.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing expenditures |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing expenditures |
|
|
865 |
|
|
|
994 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2007, total Philips marketing expenditures amounted to EUR 994 million, or 3.7% of sales,
compared to 3.3% of sales in 2006. The spend increases in advertising and promotion our largest
spend categories were partly offset by efficiency gains realized in cost of infrastructure. In
addition, we invested more in marketing intelligence to strengthen our understanding of end-user
and customer insights.
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brand value |
|
in millions of US dollars |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips interbrand value |
|
|
6,730 |
|
|
|
7,741 |
|
% increase previous year |
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
15.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2007, we continued to invest in building the Philips brand, supported by a EUR 111 million
investment in the global brand campaign. These efforts resulted in a substantial year-on-year
increase in our brand value, as reported by Interbrand, rising from USD 6.7 billion in 2006 to USD
7.7 billion in 2007. The Philips brand was ranked the 42nd most valuable global brand in
2007, up from 48th in 2006, according to Interbrand.
The 2007 development was primarily driven by increased appreciation of our Healthcare business,
which currently has the highest brand value within the Group. The Interbrand analysis showed that
35% of sales decisions in the healthcare sector are made based on brand.
Research and Development
Technology, competence and innovation management
The CTO office is focused on technology management, competence management and innovation
effectiveness across Philips. Competence management in R&D is supported by a company-wide R&D core
curriculum. The CTO office also runs the Innovation Excellence program, a cross-functional drive
towards a market-driven alignment of all Philips-wide innovation processes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenditures |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenditures |
|
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
1,629 |
|
as a % of sales |
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenditures per sector 1) 2) |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
572 |
|
|
|
592 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
553 |
|
|
|
492 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Business |
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
1,629 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Includes the write-off of acquired in-process research and development of EUR 13 million in 2007
(2006: EUR 33 million) |
|
2) |
|
Total R&D expenditures include costs related to external contract research, accounting for 3%
and 5% of the Companys R&D expenditures for the years 2006 and 2007, respectively. |
In 2007, Philips invested EUR 1.6 billion, or 6.1% of sales, in research and development, slightly
less than in 2006. Higher investments in Healthcare, Lighting, and Innovation & Emerging Businesses
were more than offset by lower expenditures in Consumer Lifestyle, largely due to the divestment of
Mobile Phones.
Healthcares increase in R&D investment was primarily related to the acquisition of Intermagnetics
at the end of 2006. Consumer Lifestyle reduced its R&D expenditures, primarily due to the
divestment of the Mobile Phones business. Lightings research and development costs increased
slightly compared to 2006, primarily due to acquisitions. Research and development expenditures at
Innovation & Emerging Businesses increased year-on-year, primarily due to higher R&D investments in
the Healthcare and Lifestyle Incubators within Corporate Technologies.
In 2007, investments in innovative technologies increased, especially in energy-efficient and
solid-state lighting solutions as well as in the areas of healthcare and wellness.
Philips strong innovation pipeline contributed significantly to the Companys sales growth in
2007, as 56% of Group sales came from newly introduced products, mainly driven by above-average
contributions from Consumer Lifestyle and Healthcare.
51
Employment
Change in number of employees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in FTEs |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Position at beginning of year |
|
|
159,226 |
|
|
|
121,732 |
|
Consolidation changes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- new consolidations |
|
|
4,834 |
|
|
|
6,654 |
|
- deconsolidations |
|
|
(44,085 |
) |
|
|
(3,535 |
) |
Comparable change |
|
|
1,757 |
|
|
|
(1,050 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Position at year-end |
|
|
121,732 |
|
|
|
123,801 |
|
of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continuing operations |
|
|
115,092 |
|
|
|
118,098 |
|
discontinued operations |
|
|
6,640 |
|
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
Excluding discontinued operations (MedQuist in 2007 and Semiconductors in 2006), the total number
of employees of the Philips Group was 118,098 at the end of 2007, compared to 115,092 at the end of
2006. Approximately 46% were employed in the Lighting sector, due to the strong vertical
integration of this business, and about 23% at Healthcare. Consumer Lifestyle accounted for 20% of
Philips workforce.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees per sector |
|
|
|
at the end of |
|
in FTEs |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
27,223 |
|
|
|
29,191 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
24,419 |
|
|
|
23,397 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
47,739 |
|
|
|
54,323 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Business |
|
|
8,832 |
|
|
|
5,888 |
|
Group Management & Services |
|
|
6,879 |
|
|
|
5,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,092 |
|
|
|
118,098 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
6,640 |
|
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121,732 |
|
|
|
123,801 |
|
|
The main employee increase in 2007 came from acquisitions made in Lighting (Partners in Lighting
International, Color Kinetics), Consumer Lifestyle (Digital Lifestyle Outfitters) and in Healthcare
(Health Watch and Raytel Cardiac Services).
The largest reductions in 2007 occurred due to the sale of business interests in Innovation &
Emerging Businesses (most notably Optical Storage), in Consumer Lifestyle (primarily the Mobile
Phones business) and in Group Management & Services (principally the Financial Shared Services
operations).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees per market cluster |
|
in FTEs |
|
at the end of |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
39,722 |
|
|
|
40,244 |
|
North America |
|
|
22,169 |
|
|
|
21,682 |
|
Other mature markets |
|
|
1,831 |
|
|
|
1,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mature markets |
|
|
63,722 |
|
|
|
63,776 |
|
Key emerging markets |
|
|
31,893 |
|
|
|
33,377 |
|
Other emerging markets |
|
|
19,477 |
|
|
|
20,945 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,092 |
|
|
|
118,098 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
6,640 |
|
|
|
5,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121,732 |
|
|
|
123,801 |
|
|
The sale of the Financial Shared Services operations in Poland and Thailand was the main reason for
the employee decline in other emerging markets. In mature markets in Europe, the number of
employees increased, mainly due to the acquisition of Belgium-based PLI. North America saw an
increase in employees mainly related to the acquisitions of Color Kinetics, DLO, Health Watch and
Raytel Cardiac Services.
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average sales per employee 1) |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In thousand of euros |
|
|
228 |
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Average sales divided by the monthly average number of FTEs. |
Sales per employee decreased by 2% from EUR 228,000 in 2006 to EUR 224,000 in 2007, affected by
3.3% unfavorable currency movements compared to 2006.
Adjusted for the adverse foreign currency impact in 2007, average sales per employee increased by
1%. This rise was driven by the improved performance in Consumer Lifestyle and Lighting, partly
offset by declines in Healthcare, primarily due to the further vertical integration related to the
acquisition of Intermagnetics, and in Innovation & Emerging Businesses related to the divestment of
Optical Storage.
Liquidity and capital resources
Cash Flows provided by continuing operations
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 are
presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
5,381 |
|
|
|
4,160 |
|
(Income) loss discontinued operations |
|
|
(4,482 |
) |
|
|
433 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities |
|
|
(569 |
) |
|
|
(3,074 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
1,519 |
|
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities |
|
|
(2,802 |
) |
|
|
3,930 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities2) |
|
|
(2,472 |
) |
|
|
5,449 |
|
Net cash used for financing activities |
|
|
(3,715 |
) |
|
|
(2,368 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used for) continuing operations |
|
|
(6,187 |
) |
|
|
3,081 |
|
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations |
|
|
7,114 |
|
|
|
(115 |
) |
Effect on changes in exchange rates on cash positions |
|
|
(197 |
) |
|
|
(112 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total changes in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
730 |
|
|
|
2,854 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
5,293 |
|
|
|
6,023 |
|
Less cash and cash equivalents at end of year discontinued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
operations |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year continuing operations |
|
|
5,886 |
|
|
|
8,769 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18.
|
|
2) |
|
See Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in Item 5 for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP
measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP measure. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities and net capital expenditures |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
1,519 |
|
Net capital expenditures |
|
|
(688 |
) |
|
|
(698 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash from operating activities amounted to EUR 1,519 million in 2007, compared to cash flows of
EUR 330 million in 2006. This EUR 1,189 million increase was driven by higher cash generation at
Consumer Lifestyle and GM&S, due to increased earnings and lower working capital requirements. In
addition, the improvement was related to a EUR 742 million reduction in pension contributions
compared to 2006, which positively affected working capital.
53
Cash flows from investing activities
Net capital expenditures totaled EUR 698 million, broadly in line with 2006. Reduced expenditures
in Lighting mainly related to higher investments in the acquired Lumileds business in 2006 were
partly offset by higher investments at Healthcare and Consumer Lifestyle. Proceeds from the sale of
fixed assets were lower than in 2006.
The EUR 4,105 million proceeds from the sale of other non-current financial assets were primarily
related to the further reduction of our financial holding in TSMC, which yielded EUR 3,895 million.
Additionally, EUR 1,640 million cash was generated from the sale of interests in businesses,
including the sale of 46.4 million shares in LG Display, resulting in a cash inflow of EUR 1,547
million, as well as the divestments of the remaining parts of Optical Storage and Mobile Phones.
Furthermore, a net amount of EUR 385 million cash was generated from maturing currency hedges.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from acquisitions, divestments and derivatives |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Divestments & derivatives |
|
|
384 |
|
|
|
6,130 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
(2,498 |
) |
|
|
(1,502 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2007, a total of EUR 1,502 million was utilized for acquisitions, notably PLI (EUR 561
million) and Color Kinetics (EUR 515 million), as well as DLO, Health Watch and Raytel Cardiac
Services.
In 2006, a total of EUR 2,498 million was used for acquisitions, notably Intermagnetics (EUR 993
million), Avent (EUR 689 million), Lifeline (EUR 583 million) and Witt Biomedical (EUR 110
million). The divestment of businesses, primarily within Innovation & Emerging Businesses,
generated EUR 384 million cash.
Cash flows from financing activities
Net cash used for financing activities in 2007, was EUR 2,368 million. The impact of changes in
debt was a reduction of EUR 281 million, including a EUR 113 million repayment of long-term bank
borrowings. Philips shareholders were paid EUR 659 million in dividend. Additionally, cash
outflows for share repurchase totaled EUR 1,609 million. This included EUR 810 million related to
hedging of obligations under the long-term employee incentive and employee stock purchase programs,
and a total of EUR 823 million related to the repurchases of the shares for cancellation. Partially
offsetting these cash outflows was a net cash inflow of EUR 161 million due to the exercise of
stock options.
Net cash used for financing activities in 2006 was EUR 3,715 million. The impact of changes in debt
was a reduction of EUR 437 million, including a EUR 208 million scheduled bond repayment. Philips
shareholders were paid EUR 523 million in dividend. Additionally, cash outflows for share
repurchase totaled EUR 2,899 million. This included EUR 414 million final repurchases related to
the EUR 1.5 billion share repurchase program announced in August 2005 that was completed in
February 2006, a total of EUR 118 million related to hedging of obligations under the long-term
employee incentive and employee stock purchase programs, and a total of EUR 2,367 million of share
repurchases for cancellation between July and December 2006. Offsetting the cash outflows in part
was a net cash inflow of EUR 145 million due to the exercise of stock options.
Cash flows from discontinued operations
In 2007, EUR 115 million cash was used by discontinued operations, the majority of which related to
tax payments in connection with the 2006 sale of Philips majority stake in the Semiconductors
business and operating cash flows of MedQuist in 2007.
In 2006, discontinued operations generated cash flows of EUR 7,114 million, predominantly related
to the sale of a majority stake in the Semiconductors division, which generated EUR 7,059 million.
54
Financing
The consolidated balance sheet for the years 2007 and 2006 is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed consolidated balance sheet |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
5,886 |
|
|
|
8,769 |
|
Receivables |
|
|
9,651 |
|
|
|
9,500 |
|
Assets of discontinued operations |
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
2,834 |
|
|
|
3,146 |
|
Equity-accounted investees |
|
|
2,974 |
|
|
|
1,886 |
|
Other non-current financial assets |
|
|
8,055 |
|
|
|
3,183 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
3,084 |
|
|
|
3,180 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
5,536 |
|
|
|
6,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
38,451 |
|
|
|
36,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payables and other liabilities |
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
|
7,799 |
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations |
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
3,281 |
|
|
|
3,089 |
|
Debt |
|
|
3,869 |
|
|
|
3,557 |
|
Minority interests |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
Stockholders equity |
|
|
22,963 |
|
|
|
21,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity |
|
|
38,451 |
|
|
|
36,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
Cash and cash equivalents
In 2007, cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations increased by EUR 2,883 million to EUR
8,769 million at year-end. Cash proceeds from divestments amounted to EUR 5,745 million, including
a net cash inflow of EUR 3,895 million as a result of the sale of shares in TSMC and EUR 1,547
million for LG Display. The share buyback programs led to a cash outflow of EUR 1,609 million.
There were further cash outflows for acquisitions totaling EUR 1,502 million, mainly PLI and Color
Kinetics. Furthermore, a dividend of EUR 659 million was paid. Currency changes during 2007
decreased cash and cash equivalents by EUR 112 million.
In 2006, cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations increased by EUR 743 million to EUR
5,886 million at year-end.
Cash proceeds from divestments amounted to EUR 7,218 million, including a net cash inflow of EUR
7,059 million as a result of the sale of a majority stake in the Semiconductors division. The share
buyback programs led to a cash outflow of EUR 2,899 million. There were further cash outflows for
acquisitions of EUR 2,498 million, mainly for Lifeline, Avent, Intermagnetics and Witt Biomedical.
Furthermore, a dividend of EUR 523 million was paid. Currency changes during 2006 decreased cash
and cash equivalents by EUR 197 million.
Debt position
Total debt outstanding at the end of 2007 was EUR 3,557 million, compared with EUR 3,869 million at
the end of 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in debt are as follows: |
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New borrowings |
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
Repayments |
|
|
543 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
Consolidation and currency effects |
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total changes in debt |
|
|
618 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
|
During 2007, total debt decreased by EUR 312 million. Philips repaid EUR 113 million of bank
facilities; repayments under capital leases were EUR 24 million and EUR 15 million resulted from
reductions in other long-term debt. Repayments under short-term debt totaled EUR 158 million. New
borrowings totaled EUR 29 million. Other changes resulting from consolidation and currency effects
led to a reduction of EUR 31 million.
55
In 2006, total debt decreased by EUR 618 million. Philips repaid EUR 208 million in a scheduled
bond repayment. The remaining repayments consisted of bank facilities of EUR 277 million, capital
lease transactions of EUR 8 million and EUR 50 million resulting from reductions in other debt. New
borrowings of EUR 106 million included EUR 97 million from increased short-term borrowings. Other
changes resulting from consolidation and currency effects led to a reduction of EUR 181 million.
Long-term debt as a proportion of the total debt stood at 34% at the end of 2007, compared to 78%
at the end of 2006.
Net debt to group equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt (cash) to group equity |
|
in billions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt (cash) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
Group equity 2) |
|
|
23.0 |
|
|
|
21.7 |
|
Ratio |
|
|
(10):110 |
|
|
|
(32):132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
Stockholders equity and minority interests |
The Company had a net cash position (cash and cash equivalents, net of debt) of EUR 5,212 million
at the end of 2007, compared to a net cash position at the end of 2006 of EUR 2,017 million.
See under the heading Reconciliation of non-US GAAP information in this item incorporated by
reference for a reconciliation of non-US GAAP measures to the most directly comparable US GAAP
measure(s).
Stockholders equity
Stockholders equity decreased by EUR 1,321 million to EUR 21,642 million at December 31, 2007. The
decrease was mainly attributable to share repurchase programs for both capital reduction purposes
and the hedging of long-term incentive and employee stock purchase programs, which reduced equity
by a total of EUR 1,633 million. The dividend payment to shareholders in 2007 further reduced
equity by EUR 659 million. The decrease was offset by EUR 305 million related to re-issuance of
treasury stock and share-based compensation plans and a further EUR 674 million increase related to
total changes in comprehensive income net of tax.
Stockholders equity increased by EUR 6,329 million to EUR 22,963 million at December 31, 2006. Net
income contributed EUR 5,381 million, while unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities had
an upward effect of EUR 4,291 million, mainly related to the changed accounting treatment of TSMC.
The unrealized gain on the value of TSMC was partly offset by EUR 2,899 million due to the share
repurchase programs for both capital reduction purposes and the hedging of long-term incentive and
employee stock purchase programs, and by EUR 523 million due to the dividend payment to
shareholders in 2006. There was a net decrease of EUR 263 million related to pension liabilities,
including the effect of adoption of SFAS No. 158.
The number of outstanding common shares of Royal Philips Electronics at December 31, 2007, was
1,065 million (2006: 1,107 million).
At the end of 2007, the Company held 52.1 million shares in treasury to cover the future delivery
of shares in connection with the 61.4 million rights outstanding at year-end 2007 under the
Companys long-term incentive plan and convertible personnel debentures. At the end of 2007, the
Company held 25.8 million shares for cancellation. At the end of 2006, the Company held 35.9
million shares in treasury to cover the future delivery of shares in connection with the 65.5
million rights outstanding at year-end 2006 under the Companys long-term incentive plans and
convertible personnel debentures. Treasury shares are accounted for as a reduction of stockholders
equity.
Liquidity position
Including the Companys net cash position, listed available for-sale securities, trading securities
and listed equity-accounted investees, as well as its USD 2.5 billion commercial paper program
supported by the revolving credit facility, the Company had access to net available liquidity
resources of EUR 11,374 million as of December 31, 2007
The fair value of the Companys listed available-for-sale securities, based on quoted market prices
at December 31, 2007, amounted to EUR 1,776 million, of which EUR 1,699 million related to TSMC.
Philips shareholdings in its main listed equity-accounted investees had a fair value of EUR 2,688
million based on quoted market prices at December 31, 2007, and consisted primarily of the
Companys holdings in LG Display with a value of EUR 2,556 million and TPV Technology with a value
of EUR 130 million.
56
As at December 31, 2007, the Company had total cash and cash equivalents of EUR 8,769 million; the
Company pools cash from subsidiaries in the extent legally and economically feasible. Cash in
subsidiaries is not necessarily freely available for alternative uses due to possible legal or
economic restrictions. The Company had a total debt position of EUR 3,557
million at year-end 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
5,886 |
|
|
|
8,769 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
(3,006 |
) |
|
|
(1,212 |
) |
Short-term debt |
|
|
(863 |
) |
|
|
(2,345 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash |
|
|
2,017 |
|
|
|
5,212 |
|
Available-for-sale securities at market value |
|
|
6,529 |
|
|
|
1,776 |
|
Trading securities |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
|
|
Main listed investments in equity-accounted
investees at market value |
|
|
2,803 |
|
|
|
2,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net available liquidity |
|
|
11,541 |
|
|
|
9,676 |
|
Revolving credit facility/CP program |
|
|
1,898 |
|
|
|
1,698 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net available liquidity resources |
|
|
13,439 |
|
|
|
11,374 |
|
|
Outlook
The
fourth-quarter results confirm the expectation Philips expressed in early December that the
short-term economic outlook is worsening and that 2009 is likely to be a very challenging year.
Construction and automotive markets look set to remain contracted and the latest consumer
confidence numbers also in most emerging markets leave little room for optimism. Although
Healthcare has been less directly affected by the economic downturn, the limited availability of
capital financing in North America is expected to continue for the foreseeable future.
Anticipating this environment, Philips proactively extended the restructuring plans and sharpened
the cash management initiatives last year to further drive down (fixed) costs and ensure Philips
starts this year with a strong balance sheet position. In line with the prudent financial
management, Philips will stop the share repurchase program until further notice. During 2009, it
will be continued to closely manage the businesses relative to both the market and the competition.
Philips is confident that this stringent approach to cost and cash management, together with the
strong brand and balanced portfolio of leading businesses, will enable Philips to weather the
current economic turmoil and will result in an even stronger company able to deliver on its targets
once economic conditions recover.
Reconciliation
of non-US GAAP information
Explanation of Non-US GAAP measures
Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (the Company) believes that an understanding of sales
performance is enhanced when the effects of currency movements and acquisitions and divestments
(changes in consolidation) are excluded. Accordingly, in addition to presenting nominal growth,
comparable growth is provided.
Comparable sales exclude the effects of currency movements and changes in consolidation. As
indicated in the Accounting Policies, sales and income are translated from foreign currencies into
the Companys reporting currency, the euro, at the exchange rate on transaction dates during the
respective years. As a result of significant currency movements during the years presented, the
effects of translating foreign currency sales amounts into euros had a material impact that has
been excluded in arriving at the comparable sales in euros. Currency effects have been calculated
by translating previous years foreign currency sales amounts into euros at the following years
exchange rates in comparison with the sales in euros as historically reported. Years under review
were characterized by a number of acquisitions and divestments, as a result of which activities
were consolidated or deconsolidated. The effect of consolidation changes has also been excluded in
arriving at the comparable sales. For the purpose of calculating comparable sales growth, when a
previously consolidated entity is sold or contributed to a venture that is not consolidated by the
Company, relevant sales are excluded from impacted prior-year periods. Similarly, when an entity is
acquired, relevant sales are excluded from impacted periods.
57
Philips discusses adjusted income from operations in this Report on Form 20-F. Adjusted income
from operations represents income from operations before amortization, impairment and write-off
(relating to in-process R&D) of intangible assets generated in acquisitions (and therefore
excluding software). The Company uses the term adjusted income from operations to evaluate the
performance of the Philips Group and its sectors. Referencing adjusted income from operations is
considered appropriate in light of the following:
a) |
|
Philips has announced that one of its strategic drivers is to increase profitability through
re-allocation of its resources towards opportunities offering more consistent and higher
returns. Moreover, Philips intends to redeploy capital through value-creating acquisitions.
Since 2006, management has used the adjusted income from operations measurement internally
to monitor performance of the businesses on a comparable basis. As of 2007, Philips has also
set external performance targets based on this measurement as it will not be distorted by the
unpredictable effects of future, unidentified acquisitions. This is particularly relevant as
the acquisition activity is intended to increase, but the nature and the exact timing and
financial statement impact of such future unidentified acquisitions is impossible to predict;
and |
|
b) |
|
As part of its re-allocation of resources towards opportunities offering more consistent and
higher returns, Philips is engaged in the ongoing disposition of significant non-core minority
stakes. These dispositions will affect results relating to equity-accounted investees and the
amount of financial income, as well as result in potentially significant capital gains or
losses. These amounts are not included in income from operations and therefore the
presentation of adjusted income from operations will enhance comparability of results
between years. |
Non U.S. investors are advised that such presentation is different from the terms used in Philips
results announcements and Annual Report 2008.
The Company believes that an understanding of the Philips Groups financial condition is enhanced
by the disclosure of net operating capital (NOC), as this figure is used by Philips management to
evaluate the capital efficiency of the Philips Group and its operating sectors. NOC is defined as:
total assets excluding assets from discontinued operations less: (a) cash and cash equivalents, (b)
deferred tax assets, (c) other
(non-)current financial assets, (d) investments in equity-accounted
investees, and after deduction of: (e) provisions excluding deferred tax liabilities, (f) accounts
and notes payable, (g) accrued liabilities, (h) current/non-current liabilities, and (i) trading
securities.
Net debt is defined as the sum of long- and short-term debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The
net debt position as a percentage of the sum of total group equity (stockholders equity and
minority interests) and net debt is presented to express the financial strength of the Company.
This measure is widely used by investment analysts and is therefore included in the disclosure.
Cash flows before financing activities, being the sum total of net cash from operating activities
and net cash from investing activities, and free cash flow, being net cash from operating
activities minus net capital expenditures, are presented separately to facilitate the readers
understanding of the Companys funding requirements.
58
Sales growth composition per sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consoli- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
comparable |
|
|
currency |
|
|
dation |
|
|
nominal |
|
|
|
growth |
|
|
effects |
|
|
changes |
|
|
growth |
|
2008 versus 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
(8.5 |
) |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
(16.4 |
) |
Lighting |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
(3.8 |
) |
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
(26.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
(9.6 |
) |
|
|
(37.1 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
(24.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 versus 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
(3.1 |
) |
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
38.4 |
|
|
|
(3.1 |
) |
|
|
(96.5 |
) |
|
|
(61.2 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
30.8 |
|
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
(10.5 |
) |
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 versus 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
Consumer Lifestyle |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
3.9 |
|
Lighting |
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
14.5 |
|
Innovation & Emerging Businesses |
|
|
(8.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(18.5 |
) |
|
|
(27.5 |
) |
Group Management & Services |
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
22.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
59
Sales growth composition per market cluster
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consoli- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
comparable |
|
|
currency |
|
|
dation |
|
|
nominal |
|
|
|
growth |
|
|
effects |
|
|
changes |
|
|
growth |
|
2008 versus 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
(7.1 |
) |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
(7.8 |
) |
North America |
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
(6.9 |
) |
|
|
15.4 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Other mature |
|
|
(8.7 |
) |
|
|
(3.2 |
) |
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
(4.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
(2.2 |
) |
Key emerging |
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
(3.7 |
) |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Other emerging |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total emerging |
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 versus 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
4.0 |
|
North America |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(7.5 |
) |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
(5.9 |
) |
Other mature |
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature |
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
Key emerging |
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
(7.7 |
) |
|
|
(3.7 |
) |
Other emerging |
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total emerging |
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
|
|
(5.3 |
) |
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 versus 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Europe |
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(3.1 |
) |
|
|
3.1 |
|
North America |
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
Other mature |
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total mature |
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
|
4.2 |
|
Key emerging |
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
|
|
1.3 |
|
Other emerging |
|
|
12.6 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total emerging |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philips Group |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
Composition of net debt to group equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
3,006 |
|
|
|
1,212 |
|
|
|
3,441 |
|
Short-term debt |
|
|
863 |
|
|
|
2,345 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt |
|
|
3,869 |
|
|
|
3,557 |
|
|
|
4,158 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(5,886 |
) |
|
|
(8,769 |
) |
|
|
(3,620 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt (cash) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(total debt less cash and cash equivalents) |
|
|
(2,017 |
) |
|
|
(5,212 |
) |
|
|
538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interests |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
Stockholders equity |
|
|
22,963 |
|
|
|
21,642 |
|
|
|
16,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group equity |
|
|
23,003 |
|
|
|
21,684 |
|
|
|
16,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt and group equity |
|
|
20,986 |
|
|
|
16,472 |
|
|
|
16,827 |
|
Net debt divided by net debt and group equity (in %) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
Group equity divided by net debt and group equity (in %) |
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
60
Composition of cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
2006 1) |
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
1,519 |
|
|
|
1,495 |
|
Cash flows investing activities |
|
|
(2,802 |
) |
|
|
3,930 |
|
|
|
(3,101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows before financing activities |
|
|
(2,472 |
) |
|
|
5,449 |
|
|
|
(1,606 |
) |
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
330 |
|
|
|
1,519 |
|
|
|
1,495 |
|
Net capital expenditures |
|
|
(688 |
) |
|
|
(698 |
) |
|
|
(722 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flows |
|
|
(358 |
) |
|
|
821 |
|
|
|
773 |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
Adjusted IFO to Income from operations (IFO)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innovation & |
|
|
Group |
|
|
|
Philips |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging |
|
|
Management |
|
|
|
Group |
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
Lifestyle |
|
|
Lighting |
|
|
Businesses |
|
|
& Services |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO |
|
|
931 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
|
|
538 |
|
|
|
(226 |
) |
|
|
(525 |
) |
Amortization of intangibles (excl. software) |
|
|
(365 |
) |
|
|
(220 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write off of acquired in-process R&D |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill |
|
|
(234 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(234 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
638 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
(226 |
) |
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO |
|
|
2,054 |
|
|
|
862 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
722 |
|
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
(297 |
) |
Amortization of intangibles (excl. software) |
|
|
(200 |
) |
|
|
(137 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Write off of acquired in-process R&D |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
1,841 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
675 |
|
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted IFO |
|
|
1,383 |
|
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
(699 |
) |
Amortization of intangibles (excl. software) |
|
|
(152 |
) |
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Write off of acquired in-process R&D |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
|
577 |
|
|
|
(76 |
) |
|
|
(699 |
) |
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit
eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and revisions under the
section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by reference under Item 18. |
61
Net operating capital to total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in millions of euros |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Innovation & |
|
|
Group |
|
|
|
Philips |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging |
|
|
Management & |
|
|
|
Group |
|
|
Healthcare |
|
|
Lifestyle |
|
|
Lighting |
|
|
Businesses |
|
|
Services |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) |
|
|
14,867 |
|
|
|
8,830 |
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
5,648 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
(492 |
) |
Eliminate liabilities comprised in NOC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- payables/liabilities |
|
|
8,624 |
|
|
|
2,086 |
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
1,230 |
|
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
2,651 |
|
- intercompany accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
(111 |
) |
- provisions 2) |
|
|
2,804 |
|
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
1,957 |
|
Include assets not comprised in NOC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- investments in equity-accounted
investees |
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
- other current financial assets |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121 |
|
- other non-current financial assets |
|
|
1,331 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,331 |
|
- deferred tax assets |
|
|
1,390 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,390 |
|
- liquid assets |
|
|
3,620 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,620 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
33,041 |
|
|
|
11,325 |
|
|
|
3,521 |
|
|
|
7,156 |
|
|
|
504 |
|
|
|
10,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) |
|
|
10,529 |
|
|
|
4,802 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
3,886 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
705 |
|
Eliminate liabilities comprised in NOC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- payables/liabilities |
|
|
7,799 |
|
|
|
1,679 |
|
|
|
3,061 |
|
|
|
1,053 |
|
|
|
237 |
|
|
|
1,769 |
|
- intercompany accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(138 |
) |
- provisions 3) |
|
|
2,417 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
1,750 |
|
Include assets not comprised in NOC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- investments in equity-accounted
investees |
|
|
1,886 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
1,714 |
|
- other non-current financial assets |
|
|
3,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,183 |
|
- deferred tax assets |
|
|
1,370 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,370 |
|
- liquid assets |
|
|
8,769 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,769 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets from continuing operations |
|
|
35,953 |
|
|
|
6,779 |
|
|
|
4,313 |
|
|
|
5,133 |
|
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
19,122 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
36,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating capital (NOC) |
|
|
8,473 |
|
|
|
4,699 |
|
|
|
910 |
|
|
|
2,527 |
|
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
Exclude liabilities comprised in NOC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- payables/liabilities |
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
|
1,688 |
|
|
|
2,939 |
|
|
|
989 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
2,076 |
|
- intercompany accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(140 |
) |
- provisions 4) |
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
340 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
1,890 |
|
Include assets not comprised in NOC: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- investments in equity-accounted
investees |
|
|
2,974 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
2,741 |
|
- other non-current financial assets |
|
|
8,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,055 |
|
- trading securities |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192 |
|
- deferred tax assets |
|
|
1,627 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,627 |
|
- liquid assets |
|
|
5,886 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,886 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets from continuing operations |
|
|
38,020 |
|
|
|
6,695 |
|
|
|
4,284 |
|
|
|
3,719 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
|
|
22,536 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
38,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
Group and Healthcare financials have been revised to reflect immaterial adjustments of intercompany profit eliminations on inventories. For more information, see Reclassifications and
revisions under the section Significant accounting policies, which is incorporated herein by
reference under Item 18. |
|
2) |
|
Provisions on the balance sheet 3,969 million, excluding deferred tax liabilities EUR 1,165 million |
|
3) |
|
Provisions on the balance sheet 3,089 million, excluding deferred tax liabilities EUR 672 million |
|
4) |
|
Provisions on the balance sheet 3,281 million, excluding deferred tax liabilities EUR 597 million |
62
Critical accounting policies
The preparation of Philips financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. The
policies that management considers both to be most important to the presentation of Philips
financial condition and results of operations and to make the most significant demands on
managements judgments and estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain are discussed
below. Management cautions that future events often vary from forecasts and that estimates
routinely require adjustment.
A more detailed description of Philips accounting policies appears on pages 136 through 141 under
the heading Significant Accounting Policies of the 2008 Annual Report, and is incorporated herein
by reference.
Accounting for pensions and other postretirement benefits
Retirement benefits represent obligations that will be settled in the future and require
assumptions to project benefit obligations and fair values of plan assets. Retirement benefit
accounting is intended to reflect the recognition of future benefit costs over the employees
approximate service period, based on the terms of the plans and the investment and funding
decisions made. The accounting requires management to make assumptions regarding variables such as
discount rate, rate of compensation increase, return on assets, and future healthcare costs.
Pension assumptions are set centrally by management in consultation with its local, regional or
country management and locally appointed actuaries at least once a year. If reasonably practical,
the Company uses the full yield curve. If not, the Company sets a single point discount rate, which
corresponds to the maturity of the pension plans liabilities. For the Companys major plans, a
full discount rate curve of high quality corporate bonds (Bloomberg AA Composite) is used to
determine the defined benefit obligation whereas for other plans a single point discount rate is
used based on the plans maturity. Plans in countries without a deep corporate bond market, use a
discount rate based on the local sovereign curve and the plans maturity. Relevant data regarding
various local swap curves, sovereign bond curves and/or corporate AA bonds are sourced from
Bloomberg.
Changes in the key assumptions can have a significant impact on the projected benefit obligations,
funding requirements and periodic cost incurred. For a discussion of the current funded status and
a sensitivity analysis with respect to pension plan assumptions, please refer to pages 106 through
108 under the heading Details of pension risks and to note 20 on pages 160 through 163 of the
2008 Annual Report incorporated herein by reference. For a summary of the changes in the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligations and a reconciliation of the obligations to the
amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet, please refer to note 21 on pages 163 through
166 of the 2008 Annual Report incorporated herein by reference.
Contingent liabilities
The Company and certain of its group companies and former group companies are involved as a party
in legal proceedings, including regulatory and other governmental
proceedings, including discussions on potential remedial actions, relating to such
matters as competition issues, commercial transactions, product liabilities, participations and
environmental pollution. In respect of antitrust laws, the Company and certain of its group
companies and former group companies are involved in investigations by competition law authorities
in several jurisdictions and are engaged in litigation in this respect. Since the ultimate
disposition of asserted claims and proceedings and investigations cannot be predicted with
certainty, an adverse outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated
financial position and consolidated results of operations for a particular period.
The Company accrues a liability when it is determined that an adverse outcome is probable and the
amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. If either the likelihood of an adverse outcome is
only reasonably possible or an estimate is not determinable, the matter is disclosed if management
concludes that it is material.
The Company and its group subsidiaries are subject to environmental laws and regulations. Under
these laws, the Company and its subsidiaries may be required to remediate the effects of the
release or disposal of certain chemicals on the environment. The methodology for determining the
level of liability requires a significant amount of judgment regarding assumptions and estimates.
In determining the accrual for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations, such
significant judgments relate to the extent and types of hazardous substances at a site, the various
technologies that may be used for remediation, the standards of what constitutes acceptable
remediation, the relative risk of the environmental condition, the number and financial condition
of other potentially responsible parties, and the extent of the Companys and/or its subsidiaries
involvement. The Company utilizes experts in the estimation process. However, these judgments, by
their nature, may result in variances between actual losses and estimates. Accruals for estimated
losses from environmental remediation obligations are recognized when information becomes available
that allows a reasonable estimate of the liability, or a component (i.e. particular tasks) thereof.
The accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available.
Please refer to note 27 on pages 168 through 170 to the consolidated financial statements included
in the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a discussion of
contingent liabilities.
63
Accounting for income taxes
As part of the process of preparing consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to
estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it conducts business. This process
involves estimating actual current tax expense and temporary differences between tax and financial
reporting. Temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included
in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company must assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets
will be recovered from future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce
deferred tax assets if, and to the extent that, it is more likely than not that all or some portion
of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In the event that actual results differ from
estimates in future periods, and depending on the tax strategies that the Company may be able to
implement, changes to the valuation allowance could be required, which could impact the Companys
financial position and net income.
The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No .48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes on
January 1, 2007. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
recognized in an enterprises financial statements in accordance with SFAS No.109. The Company
recognizes an uncertain tax position only, if it is more likely than not that the tax position will
be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority that has full knowledge of all
relevant information, based on the technical merits of the position. The income tax position is
measured at the largest amount of benefits that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon
settlement with a taxing authority. The determination of an uncertain tax position and the
likelihood of being realized requires critical judgment and estimates. The Company carefully
assesses each of the uncertain tax positions in order to determine the tax benefit that can be
recognized in the financial statements.
For a discussion of the fiscal uncertainties, please refer to pages 108 and 109 under the heading
Details of fiscal risks of the 2008 Annual Report incorporated herein by reference.
Impairment of long-lived assets including goodwill
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are not amortized, but tested for impairment annually and
whenever impairment indicators require so. The Company reviews long-lived assets, other than
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment, when events or circumstances indicate
that carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
In determining impairments of intangible assets, tangible fixed assets and goodwill, management
must make significant judgments and estimates to determine whether the cash flows generated by
those assets are less than their carrying value. Changes in assumptions and estimates included
within the impairment reviews could result in significantly different results than those recorded
in the consolidated financial statements.
Assets other than goodwill are written down to their fair value when the undiscounted cash flows
are less than the carrying value of the assets.
Goodwill is evaluated annually and whenever impairment indicators require so, for impairment at
reporting unit level, and written down to its implied fair value, in the case of impairment. The
determination of such implied fair value involves significant judgement and estimates from
management.
Home Healthcare Solutions and Professional Luminaires increased by the acquisitions of Respironics
and Genlyte, respectively (reference is made to note 2, pages 143 through 148 of the 2008 Annual
Report incorporated herein by reference) and are the most sensitive to fluctuations in the key
assumptions used in the impairment tests as set out below.
The key assumptions used in the 2008 annual (performed in Q2) and trigger-based impairment tests
were growth of sales and gross margin, together with the rates used for discounting the forecast
cash flows. Sales and gross margin growth are based on managements internal forecasts that cover
an initial period of no more than five years and then are extrapolated with stable or declining
growth rates, after which a terminal value is calculated for which growth rates are capped. The
pre-tax discount rates are determined for each reporting unit (one level below sector level) and,
in the annual test, ranged from 9.4% to 15.6%.
Due to deteriorating economic circumstances and the decline of the market capitalization of the
company in 2008, trigger-based impairment tests were performed in the latter half of the year using
updated assumptions. The pre-tax discount rates for Home Healthcare Solutions, Professional
Luminaires and Imaging Systems were 12.2%, 14.0% and 10.5%, respectively and the growth rate cap
applied to the terminal value was 2.7%. The trigger-based tests resulted in goodwill impairment
charges of EUR 234 million, mainly related to Lumileds as a consequence of weaker demand for LED
solutions in the automotive, display and cell phone markets.
64
Impairment of financial assets
The determination of when a financial asset is impaired requires significant judgement.
Impairment of equity and security investments results in a charge to income when a loss in the
value of an investment is deemed to be other than temporary. Management regularly reviews each
equity and security investment for impairment based on the extent to which cost exceeds market
value, the duration of decline in market value and the financial condition of the issuer.
If objective evidence indicates that the cost-method investments needs to be tested for impairment,
calculations were based on unobservable inputs which include certain pricing models, discounted
cash flows methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.
Philips performed impairment reviews on the carrying value of investment in NXP in 2007 and 2008.
NXP is a cost-accounted investee where Philips holds 19.8% of the common shares.
During 2008, impairment charges were recognized in the amount of EUR 599 million for NXP. The
impairment calculations in 2008 indicated a broad range of valuations. The primary valuation
techniques considered in determining the estimated fair value ranges comprise multiplier
calculations; calculations based on the share price performance of a peer group of listed
(semiconductor) companies and discounted cash flows method based on unobservable inputs. The latter
methodology involved estimates of revenues, expenses, capital spending and other costs, as well as
a discount rate calculated based on the risk profile of the semiconductor industry. Taking into
account certain market considerations and the range of estimated fair values, management determined
that the best estimate of fair value for the NXP investment was EUR 255 million at December 31,
2008. However, as noted above, the fair value used for impairment purposes represents an estimate;
the actual fair value used for impairment purposes represents an estimate, the actual fair value of
this interest could materially differ from that estimate.
Valuation allowances for certain assets
The Company records its inventories at cost and provides for the risk of obsolescence using the
lower of cost or market principle. The expected future use of inventory is based on estimates about
future demand and past experience with similar inventories and their usage.
The risk of uncollectibility of accounts receivable is primarily estimated based on prior
experience with, and the past due status of, doubtful debtors, while large accounts are assessed
individually based on factors that include ability to pay, bankruptcy and payment history. In
addition, debtors in certain countries are subject to a higher collectibility risk, which is taken
into account when assessing the overall risk of uncollectibility. Should the outcome differ from
the assumptions and estimates, revisions to the estimated valuation allowances would be required.
Warranty costs
The Company provides for warranty costs based on historical trends in product return rates and the
expected material and labor costs to provide warranty services. If it were to experience an
increase in warranty claims compared with historical experience, or costs of servicing warranty
claims were greater than the expectations on which the accrual had been based, income could be
adversely affected.
Intangible assets acquired in business combinations
The Company has acquired several entities in business combinations that have been accounted for by
the purchase method, resulting in recognition of substantial amounts of in-process research and
development, goodwill and other intangible assets. The amounts assigned to the acquired assets and
liabilities are based on assumptions and estimates about their fair values. In making these
estimates, management typically consults independent qualified appraisers. A change in assumptions
and estimates would change the purchase price allocation, which could affect the amount or timing
of charges to the income statement, such as write-offs of in-process research and development and
amortization of intangible assets. In-process research and development is written off immediately
upon acquisition, whereas intangible assets other than goodwill are amortized over their economic
lives.
65
Fair value of derivatives and other financial instruments
The Company calculates the fair value of derivatives and sensitivities based on observed liquid
market quotations.
The estimated fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is
determined using observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in
active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in the markets that are not
active and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers
are observable. The estimated fair value of financial instruments that do not have observable
inputs or supported by little or no market activity is determined using valuation techniques. The
Company uses its judgments to select a variety of methods including the discounted cash flow method
and option valuation method and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions
existing at each balance sheet date.
For a discussion of risks and a sensitivity analysis with respect to financial instruments, please
refer to pages 101 through 105 under the heading Financial risks and to note 36 on page 178 of
the 2008 Annual Report incorporated herein by reference.
New Accounting Standards
For a description of the new pronouncements, reference is made to pages 140 and 141 of the 2008
Annual Report, incorporated herein by reference.
Off-balance sheet arrangements
The information on page 61 under the heading Guarantees and note 27 on page 168 of the 2008
Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
Contractual obligations and commercial commitments
The information on pages 60 and 61 under the heading Contractual cash obligations, cash
commitments and guarantees, note 26 on page 168 and note 36 on page 178 of the 2008 Annual Report
is incorporated herein by reference.
Research and Development, patents and licences
The information on pages 90 through 91 under the heading Corporate Technologies and pages 52 and
53 under the heading Research & development of the 2008 Annual Report is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 6. Directors, senior management and employees
The information on pages 110 through 113 under the heading Our leadership, pages 114 through 121
under the heading Supervisory Board, note 3 to the US GAAP financial statements, on page 149
under the heading Employees, note 20 and 21 to the US GAAP financial statements, on pages 160
through 166 and note 34 on pages 173 through 177 of the 2008 Annual Report is incorporated herein
by reference.
Directors and senior management
The information required by the Item Directors and Senior Management is included on pages 110
through 113 of the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference. In line with
regulatory requirements, the Companys policy forbids personal loans to and guarantees on behalf of
members of the Board of Management, the Supervisory Board or the Group Management Committee, and no
loans and guarantees have been granted and issued, respectively, to such members in 2008, nor are
any loans or guarantees outstanding as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Compensation
For information on the remuneration of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board, required
by this Item, see pages 116 through 119 of the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by
reference. With respect to information on bonus and profit sharing plans, see note 33, entitled
Share-based compensation to the US GAAP financial statements on pages 171 through 173 and note
34, entitled Information on remuneration to the US GAAP financial statements on pages 173 through
177 of the 2008 Annual Report, which are incorporated herein by reference, with respect to
information on an individual basis for aggregate compensation, stock options and restricted share
grants and pensions.
Board practices
For information on office terms for the Supervisory Board and the Board of Management, required by
this Item, see pages 110 through 113 under the heading Our leadership, pages 116 through 119
under the heading Report of the Remuneration Committee, page 254 through 256 under the heading
Board of Management and pages 256 through 258 under the heading Supervisory Board of the 2008
Annual Report, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. For information on service
contracts of the Board of Management providing for termination benefits, see page 116 under the
heading Contracts of employment of the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by
reference. Information on the members of the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee is provided
on page 113 of the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference. The terms of
reference under which the Supervisory Board and the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee
thereof operate are described on pages 256 through 258 of the 2008 Annual Report, which are
incorporated herein by reference.
66
Employees
Information about the number of employees, including by market cluster and sector, is set forth
under the heading Employment in item 5 and Employees on page 149 of the 2008 Annual Report,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
Share ownership
For information on shares, restricted shares and options granted to members of the Board of
Management and the Supervisory Board, as required by this Item, reference is made to notes 33 and
34 on pages 171 through 177 of the 2008 Annual Report, incorporated herein by reference. The
aggregate share ownership of the members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board
represents less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares in the Company.
For a discussion of the options, restricted shares and the employee debentures of Philips, see note
23 Short-term debt, note 28 Stockholders equity and note 33 Share-based compensation of
Notes to the US GAAP consolidated financial statements of the Philips Group on pages 166 through
173 of the 2008 Annual Report, incorporated herein by reference.
The members of the Board of the Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips are Messrs S.D. de Bree,
F.J.G.M. Cremers and M.W. den Boogert. In 2008, Messrs G.J. Kleisterlee and J-M. Hessels resigned
as board members. Consequently, no Philips board members or officers are represented in the board
of the the Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips. The Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips has the
right to acquire preference shares in the Company. The mere notification that the Stichting
Preferente Aandelen Philips wishes to exercise its rights, should a third party ever seem likely,
in the judgment of the Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips, to gain a controlling interest in the
Company, will result in the shares being effectively issued. The Stichting Preferente Aandelen
Philips may exercise its right for as many preference shares as there are ordinary shares in the
Company at that time. For more information see Item 7 Major shareholders and related party
transactions.
Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions
Major shareholders
Pursuant
to a Schedule 13G filed on February 6, 2009, Southeastern
Asset Management, Inc. is known to the Company to be the owner of
5.2% of its Common Shares. This shareholder does not have voting
rights different than the other holders of the Common Shares. For
information required by this Item, reference is made to Item 9 The offer
and the listing.
Related party transactions
For a description of related party transactions see note 27 to the US GAAP financial statements
under the heading Guarantees on page 168 and note 32 to the US GAAP financial statements under
the heading Related-party transactions on page 171 of the 2008 Annual Report, incorporated herein
by reference. During 2008 no personal loans or guarantees were granted to members of the Board of
Management, Group Management Committee or the Supervisory Board.
Item 8. Financial information
For consolidated statements and other financial information see Item 18 Financial Statements.
Legal proceedings
For a description of legal proceedings see pages 168 through 170 of the 2008 Annual Report (Legal
proceedings), which is incorporated herein by reference.
Dividend policy
The information under the heading Dividend policy on page 268 of the 2008 Annual Report is
incorporated herein by reference.
Significant changes
For information required by this Item, reference is made to note 37 to the US GAAP financial
statements under the heading Subsequent events on page 178 of the 2008 Annual Report which is
incorporated herein by reference.
67
Item 9. The offer and listing
The Common Shares of the Company are listed on the stock market of Euronext Amsterdam and on the
New York Stock Exchange. The principal markets for the Common Shares are the Amsterdam and New York
Stock Exchanges.
The following table shows the high and low sales prices of the Common Shares on the stock market of
Euronext Amsterdam as reported in the Official Price List and the high and low sales prices on the
New York Stock Exchange:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euronext |
|
|
New York |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amsterdam (EUR) |
|
|
stock exchange (US$) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
high |
|
|
low |
|
|
high |
|
|
Low |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.40 |
|
|
|
17.81 |
|
|
|
27.17 |
|
|
|
22.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
1st quarter |
|
|
21.83 |
|
|
|
18.35 |
|
|
|
28.84 |
|
|
|
23.97 |
|
|
|
2nd quarter |
|
|
22.90 |
|
|
|
18.77 |
|
|
|
27.37 |
|
|
|
24.29 |
|
|
|
3rd quarter |
|
|
23.00 |
|
|
|
20.53 |
|
|
|
27.78 |
|
|
|
25.00 |
|
|
|
4th quarter |
|
|
26.90 |
|
|
|
21.01 |
|
|
|
32.21 |
|
|
|
25.12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
1st quarter |
|
|
28.65 |
|
|
|
25.02 |
|
|
|
34.72 |
|
|
|
30.48 |
|
|
|
2nd quarter |
|
|
28.42 |
|
|
|
21.56 |
|
|
|
35.07 |
|
|
|
27.36 |
|
|
|
3rd quarter |
|
|
27.97 |
|
|
|
22.11 |
|
|
|
35.42 |
|
|
|
27.98 |
|
|
|
4th quarter |
|
|
29.46 |
|
|
|
26.94 |
|
|
|
37.96 |
|
|
|
33.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
1st quarter |
|
|
30.08 |
|
|
|
26.90 |
|
|
|
39.38 |
|
|
|
35.36 |
|
|
|
2nd quarter |
|
|
31.78 |
|
|
|
28.50 |
|
|
|
42.53 |
|
|
|
38.05 |
|
|
|
3rd quarter |
|
|
32.99 |
|
|
|
27.11 |
|
|
|
45.87 |
|
|
|
36.69 |
|
|
|
4th quarter |
|
|
32.15 |
|
|
|
26.71 |
|
|
|
45.41 |
|
|
|
39.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
1st quarter |
|
|
28.94 |
|
|
|
23.63 |
|
|
|
42.34 |
|
|
|
35.64 |
|
|
|
2nd quarter |
|
|
25.31 |
|
|
|
21.61 |
|
|
|
39.50 |
|
|
|
33.80 |
|
|
|
3rd quarter |
|
|
23.33 |
|
|
|
18.48 |
|
|
|
35.34 |
|
|
|
25.60 |
|
|
|
4th quarter |
|
|
19.68 |
|
|
|
12.09 |
|
|
|
26.75 |
|
|
|
14.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.33 |
|
|
|
20.95 |
|
|
|
34.68 |
|
|
|
32.20 |
|
September 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.94 |
|
|
|
18.48 |
|
|
|
32.92 |
|
|
|
25.60 |
|
October 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19.68 |
|
|
|
12.71 |
|
|
|
26.75 |
|
|
|
15.89 |
|
November 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.02 |
|
|
|
12.47 |
|
|
|
20.87 |
|
|
|
14.79 |
|
December 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.19 |
|
|
|
12.09 |
|
|
|
20.15 |
|
|
|
14.88 |
|
January 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.26 |
|
|
|
12.61 |
|
|
|
20.73 |
|
|
|
16.06 |
|
The Common Shares are held by shareholders worldwide in bearer and registered form. Outside the
United States, shares are held primarily in bearer form. As per December 31, 2008, approximately
90% of the total number of outstanding Common Shares were held in bearer form. In the United States
shares are held primarily in the form of registered Shares of New York Registry for which Citibank,
N.A., 388 Greenwich Street Wall Street, New York, New York 10013 is the transfer agent and
registrar. As per December 31, 2008, approximately 10% of the total number of outstanding Common
Shares were represented by shares of New York Registry issued in the name of approximately 1,472
holders of record.
Only bearer shares are traded on the stock market of Euronext Amsterdam. Only Shares of New York
Registry are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Bearer shares and registered shares may be
exchanged for each other. Since certain shares are held by brokers and other nominees, these
numbers may not be representative of the actual number of United States beneficial holders or the
number of Shares of New York Registry beneficially held by US residents.
For further information on Preference shares, a reference is made to the sections entitled
Stockholders Equity on page 170 and Preference Shares and the Stichting Preferente Aandelen
Philips on page 260 of the 2008 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference. As of
December 31, 2008, there were 2,000,000,000 preference shares authorized, of which none were
issued.
68
Item 10. Additional information
Articles of association
The general description of Philips Articles of Association of the Company is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 1 of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2008.
Preference shares
For a description of Preference Shares, see page 170 under the heading Preference Shares and page
260 under the heading Preference Shares and the Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips of the 2008
Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Material contracts
For a description of the material provisions of the employment agreements with members of the Board
of Management, refer to Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees.
The terms and conditions of the employment agreements entered into by members of the Board of
Management, are filed herewith as Exhibit 4.
Exchange controls
There are currently no limitations, either under the laws of the Netherlands or in the Articles of
Association of the Company, to the rights of non-residents to hold or vote Common Shares of the
Company. Cash dividends payable in Euros on Netherlands registered shares and bearer shares may be
officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without Dutch
legal restrictions, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be
reported to the Dutch Central Bank, and furthermore, no payments, including dividend payments, may
be made to jurisdictions subject to sanctions adopted by the government of the Netherlands and
implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations.
The Articles of Association of the Company provide that cash distributions on Shares of New York
Registry shall be paid in US dollars, converted at the rate of exchange on the stock market of
Euronext Amsterdam at the close of business on the day fixed and announced for that purpose by the
Board of Management.
Netherlands Taxation
The statements below are only a summary of the present Netherlands tax laws and the Tax Convention
of December 18, 1992, as amended by the protocol that entered into force on December 28, 2004,
between the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands (the US Tax Treaty) and are
not to be read as extending by implication to matters not specifically referred to herein. As to
individual tax consequences, investors in the Common Shares should consult their own tax advisors.
Withholding tax
In general, a distribution to shareholders by a company resident in the Netherlands (such as the
Company) is subject to a withholding tax imposed by the Netherlands at a rate of 15%. Stock
dividends paid out of the Companys paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes
are not subject to the above mentioned withholding tax. Stock dividends paid out of the Companys
retained earnings are subject to dividend withholding tax on the nominal value of the shares
issued. Pursuant to the provisions of the US Tax Treaty, dividends paid by the Company to a
beneficial owner of shares (as defined in Dutch Dividend Tax Act) who is a resident of the United
States (as defined in the US Tax Treaty), are generally eligible for the rate of Dutch withholding
tax of 15%, unless (i) the beneficial owner of the dividends carries on business in the Netherlands
through a permanent establishment, or performs independent personal services in the Netherlands
from a fixed base, and the Common Shares form part of the business property of such permanent
establishment or pertain to such fixed base, or (ii) the beneficial owner of the dividends is not
entitled to the benefits of the US Tax Treaty under the treaty-shopping provisions thereof.
Special rules apply to the rate of withholding tax applied to dividends paid to beneficial owners
that own 10% or more of the voting power of the Company.
Dividends paid to qualifying exempt US pension trusts and qualifying exempt US organizations are
exempt from Dutch withholding tax under the US Tax Treaty.
However, for qualifying exempt US organizations no exemption at source upon payment of the dividend
can be applied for; such exempt US organizations should apply for a refund of the 15% withholding
tax.
Capital gains
Capital gains upon the sale or exchange of Common Shares by a non-resident individual or by a
non-resident corporation of the Netherlands are exempt from Dutch income tax, corporation tax or
withholding tax, unless (i) such gains are effectively connected with a permanent establishment in
the Netherlands of the shareholders trade or business or (ii) are derived from a direct, indirect
or deemed substantial participation in the share capital of a company (such substantial
participation not being a business asset).
69
In general, an individual has a substantial participation if he holds either directly or indirectly
and either independently or jointly with his spouse or steady partner, at least 5% of the total
issued share capital or particular class of shares of a company. For determining a substantial
participation, other shares held by close relatives are taken into account. The same applies to
options to buy shares. A deemed substantial participation amongst others exists if (part of) a
substantial participation has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, on a
non-recognition basis. Under the US Tax Treaty, however, the Netherlands may only tax a capital
gain that is derived by an alienator who is an US resident under the US Tax Treaty and is not
disqualified from treaty benefits under the treaty-shopping rules from a substantial participation
and that is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment in the Netherlands if the
alienator has been a resident of the Netherlands at any time during the five-year period preceding
the alienation, and owned at the time of alienation either alone or together with his relatives, at
least 25% of any class of shares.
Estate and gift taxes
No estate, inheritance or gift taxes are imposed by the Netherlands on the transfer of Common
Shares if, at the time of the death of the shareholder or the transfer of the Common Shares (as the
case may be), such shareholder or transferor is not a resident of the Netherlands, unless such
Common Shares are attributable to a permanent establishment or permanent representative of the
shareholder in the Netherlands.
Inheritance or gift taxes (as the case may be) are due, however, if such shareholder or transferor:
(a) |
|
has Dutch nationality and has been a resident of the Netherlands at any time during the ten
years preceding the time of the death or transfer; or |
|
(b) |
|
has no Dutch nationality but has been a resident of the Netherlands at any time during the
twelve months preceding the time of transfer (for Netherlands gift taxes only). |
United States Federal Taxation
This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder
(as defined below) of owning Common Shares. It applies only if the Common Shares are held as
capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to a member of a special class of
holders subject to special rules, including:
|
|
a dealer in securities, |
|
|
|
a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for
securities holdings, |
|
|
|
a tax-exempt organization, |
|
|
|
a life insurance company, |
|
|
|
a person liable for alternative minimum tax, |
|
|
|
a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock, |
|
|
|
a person that holds Common Shares as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion
transaction, or |
|
|
|
a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. |
This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history,
existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in
effect, as well as on the US Tax Treaty. These laws and regulations are subject to change, possibly
on a retroactive basis.
A U.S. holder is defined as a beneficial owner of Common Shares that is:
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States, |
|
|
|
a domestic corporation, |
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its
source, or |
|
|
|
a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trusts
administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial
decisions of the trust. |
A US holder should consult their own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and
local and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of Common Shares in their particular
circumstances.
This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation.
70
Taxation of Dividends
Under the United States federal income tax laws, the gross amount of any dividend paid out of our
current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax
purposes) is subject to United States federal income taxation. For a noncorporate U.S. holder,
dividends paid in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2011 that
constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that the
noncorporate US holder holds the Common Shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period
beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements.
Dividends paid with respect to the Common Shares generally will be qualified dividend income. A US
holder must include any Dutch tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even
though it does not in fact receive it. The dividend is taxable to a US holder when it receives the
dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received
deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from
other United States corporations. The amount of the dividend distribution that a US holder must
include in its income will be the U.S. dollar value of the Euro payments made, determined at the
spot Euro/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in its income,
regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or
loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date a US holder
includes the dividend payment in income to the date a US holder converts the payment into U.S.
dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax
rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss
from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in
excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal
income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a US
holders basis in the Common Shares and thereafter as capital gain.
Subject to certain limitations, the Dutch tax withheld in accordance with the US Tax Treaty and
paid over to the Netherlands will be creditable or deductible against a US holders United States
federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation
with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate. To the extent a refund of
the tax withheld is available under Dutch law, or under the US Tax Treaty, the amount of tax
withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against United States federal income
tax liability. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but dividends paid
in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2008 generally will be passive or financial
services income, and dividends paid in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2007 will,
depending on a holders circumstances, be passive or general income which, in either case, is
treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit
allowable to the holder.
Taxation of Capital Gains
A U.S. holder that sells or otherwise disposes of its Common Shares will recognize capital gain or
loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar
value of the amount that they realize and its tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in its Common
Shares. Capital gain of a noncorporate U.S. holder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and
in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where
the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or
loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
PFIC Rules
We do not believe that the Common Shares will be treated as stock of a passive foreign investment
company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual
determination that is made annually and thus is subject to change. If we are treated as a PFIC,
unless a U.S. holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the
Common Shares, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Common Shares would in general
not be treated as capital gain. Instead a U.S. holder would be treated as if he or she had realized
such gain and certain excess distributions ratably over the holding period for the Common Shares
and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was
allocated, in addition to which an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such
year would apply. Any dividends received by a U.S. holder will not be eligible for the special tax
rates applicable to qualified dividend income if we are treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S.
holder either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead
will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.
Documents on display
It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have
been filed with the SEC at the SECs public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room
1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the
public reference rooms and their copy charges. The Companys SEC filings are also publicly
available through the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov.
71
Item 11. Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein on pages 102 through 105
under the heading Details of Treasury Risks and page 178 under the heading Other financial
instruments, derivatives and currency risk of the 2008 Annual Report.
Item 12. Description of securities other than equity securities
Not applicable.
Part II
Item 13. Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies
None.
Item 14. Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds
None.
Item 15. Controls and procedures
The Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness
of the design and operation of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the
period covered by the Annual Report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective
as of December 31, 2008.
During the year ended December 31, 2008 there have been no changes in our internal control over
financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.
Managements report on internal control over financial reporting and the report of independent
registered public accounting firm on page 124 and 125 of the 2008 Annual Report are incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
The Company does not have an Audit Committee financial expert as defined under the regulations of
the US Securities and Exchange Commission serving on its Audit Committee. The information required
by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to page 258 of the 2008 Annual Report under the
heading The Audit Committee.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
The Company recognizes that its businesses have responsibilities within the communities in which
they operate. The Company has a Financial Code of Ethics which applies to the CEO (the principal
executive officer) and CFO (the principal financial and principal accounting officer), and to the
heads of the Corporate Control, Corporate Treasury, Corporate Fiscal and Corporate Internal Audit
departments of the Company. The Company has published its Financial Code of Ethics within the
investor section of its website located at www.philips.com. No changes have been made to
the Code of Ethics since its adoption and no waivers have been granted there from to the officers
mentioned above in 2008.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The Company has instituted a comprehensive auditor independence policy that regulates the relation
between the Company and its external auditors and is available on the Companys website
(www.philips.com). The policy includes rules for the pre-approval by the Audit Committee of
all services to be provided by the external auditor. The policy also describes the prohibited
services that may never be provided. Proposed services may be pre-approved at the beginning of the
year by the Audit Committee (annual pre-approval) or may be pre-approved during the year by the
Audit Committee in respect of a particular engagement (specific pre-approval). The annual
pre-approval is based on a detailed, itemized list of services to be provided, designed to ensure
that there is no management discretion in determining whether a service has been approved and to
ensure the Audit Committee is informed of each service it is pre-approving. Unless pre-approval
with respect to a specific service has been given at the beginning of the year, each proposed
service requires specific pre-approval during the year. Any annually pre-approved services where
the fee for the engagement is expected to exceed pre-approved cost levels or budgeted amounts will
also require specific pre-approval. The term of any annual pre-approval is 12 months from the date
of the pre-approval unless the Audit Committee states otherwise. During 2008, there were no
services provided to the Company by the external auditors which were not pre-approved by the Audit
Committee.
72
Audit Fees
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein on page 120 under the
heading Report of the Audit Committee of the 2008 Annual Report.
Audit-Related Fees
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein on page 120 under the
heading Report of the Audit Committee of the 2008 Annual Report. The percentage of services
provided is 17.3% of the total fees.
Tax Fees
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein on page 120 under the
heading Report of the Audit Committee of the 2008 Annual Report. The percentage of services
provided is 4.7% of the total fees.
All Other Fees
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein on page 120 under the
heading Report of the Audit Committee of the 2008 Annual Report. The percentage of services
provided is 9.8% of the total fees.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
In the following table, the information is specified with respect to purchases made by Philips of
its own shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of |
|
|
Maximum EUR amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shares purchased as |
|
|
of shares that may |
|
|
|
Total number of |
|
|
Average price paid |
|
|
part of publicly |
|
|
yet be purchased |
|
Period |
|
shares purchased |
|
|
per share in EUR |
|
|
announced programs |
|
|
under the programs |
|
|
January 2008 |
|
|
21,249,577 |
|
|
|
26.33 |
|
|
|
21,249,577 |
|
|
|
4,440,511,897 |
|
February 2008 |
|
|
8,022,187 |
|
|
|
26.37 |
|
|
|
8,022,187 |
|
|
|
4,228,927,853 |
|
March 2008 |
|
|
8,089,591 |
|
|
|
25.23 |
|
|
|
8,089,591 |
|
|
|
4,024,860,941 |
|
April 2008 |
|
|
22,128,914 |
|
|
|
24.21 |
|
|
|
22,128,914 |
|
|
|
3,489,070,959 |
|
May 2008 |
|
|
10,976,955 |
|
|
|
24.61 |
|
|
|
10,976,753 |
|
|
|
3,218,965,228 |
|
June 2008 |
|
|
14,107,046 |
|
|
|
23.60 |
|
|
|
14,107,046 |
|
|
|
2,885,986,397 |
|
July 2008 |
|
|
14,629,435 |
|
|
|
20.99 |
|
|
|
14,629,364 |
|
|
|
2,578,930,706 |
|
August 2008 |
|
|
7,300,266 |
|
|
|
22.13 |
|
|
|
7,300,266 |
|
|
|
2,417,383,513 |
|
September 2008 |
|
|
16,226,706 |
|
|
|
21.07 |
|
|
|
16,226,706 |
|
|
|
2,075,455,381 |
|
October 2008 |
|
|
15,325,807 |
|
|
|
16.71 |
|
|
|
15,325,807 |
|
|
|
1,819,422,014 |
|
November 2008 |
|
|
8,396,883 |
|
|
|
14.06 |
|
|
|
8,396,883 |
|
|
|
1,701,348,352 |
|
December 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
146,453,367 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146,453,094 |
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the authorization given at the Companys Annual General Meeting of Shareholders
referred to below to purchase shares in the Company, the Company has purchased shares for (i)
capital reduction purposes and (ii) delivery under convertible personnel debentures, restricted
share programs, employee stock purchase plans and stock options in order to avoid dilution from new
issuances. When shares are delivered, they are removed from treasury stock. In 2008, Philips
acquired a total of 146,453,367 shares. A total of 49,429,913 shares were held in treasury by the
Company at December 31, 2008 (2007: 77,933,509 shares). As of that date, a total of 65,511,757
rights to acquire shares (under convertible personnel debentures, restricted share programs,
employee stock purchase plans and stock options) were outstanding (2007: 61,317,540).
For information on the share repurchase programs, reference is made to the section on share
repurchase programs in Investor information on page 269 of the 2008 Annual Report and is
incorporated herein by reference.
The 2008 General Meeting of Shareholders has resolved to authorize the Board of Management, subject
to the approval of the Supervisory Board, to acquire shares in the Company within the limits of the
articles of association and within a certain price range until September 27, 2009. In view of the
Companys plans to repurchase and cancel up to approximately EUR 5 billion worth of its own shares
as announced on December 19, 2007, the 2008 General Meeting of Shareholders has resolved to renew
this authorization, each time the cancellation of a tranche of shares has become effective. The
renewed authorization allows the Board of Management to purchase additional shares in the Company
up to 10% of the number of shares issued by the Company at the time the relevant tranche of shares
has been cancelled. All repurchases of shares under any renewed authorization are subject to the
same terms of the original authorization referred to above and any renewed authorization shall
expire on September 27, 2009.
73
Item 16F. Change in Registrants Certifying Accountant
Not Applicable
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
Dutch corporate governance provisions
Philips is a listed company organised under Dutch law and as such subject to the Dutch corporate
governance code of December 9, 2003 (the Code). The overall corporate governance structure of
Philips is incorporated by reference herein on pages 254 through 261 under the heading Corporate
Governance of the 2008 Annual Report.
Board structure
Philips has a two-tier corporate structure consisting of a Board of Management consisting of
executive directors under the supervision of a Supervisory Board consisting exclusively of
nonexecutive directors. Members of the Board of Management and other officers and employees cannot
simultaneously act as member of the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board must approve specified
decisions of the Board of Management.
Independence of members of our Supervisory Board
Under the Code all members of the Supervisory with the exception of not more than one person, must
be independent. The present members of our Supervisory Board are all independent within the meaning
of the Code. The definitions of independence under the Code, however, differ in their details from
the definitions of independence under the NYSE listing standards. In some cases the Dutch
requirements are stricter and in other cases the NYSE listing standards are the stricter of the
two.
Committees of our Supervisory Board
Philips has established an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee and a Corporate Governance and
Nomination & Selection Committee, consisting of members of the Supervisory Board only. The role of
each committee is to advise the Supervisory Board and to prepare the decision-making of the
Supervisory Board. In principle, the (entire) Supervisory Board remains responsible for its
decisions even if they were prepared by one of the Supervisory Boards committees.
Equity compensation plans
Philips complies with Dutch legal requirements regarding shareholder approval of equity
compensation plans. Although Philips is only subject to a requirement to seek shareholder approval
for equity compensation-plans for its members of the Board of Management, the General Meeting of
Shareholders of Philips adopted in 2003 a Long-Term Incentive Plan consisting of a mix of
restricted shares and stock options for members of the Board of Management, the Group Management
Committee, Philips Executives and other key employees.
Code of business conduct
All Philips employees are subject to the Philips General Business Principles. Furthermore, all
Philips employees performing an accounting or financial function have to comply with our Financial
Code of Ethics. Waivers granted to Senior (Financial) Officers (as defined in our Financial Code of
Ethics) will be disclosed
Part III
Item 17. Financial statements
Philips is furnishing the Financial Statements pursuant to the instructions of Item 18 of Form
20-F.
Item 18. Financial statements
The following portions of the Companys 2008 Annual Report as set forth on pages 124 through 179
are incorporated herein by reference and constitute the Companys response to this Item:
Consolidated statements of income of the Philips Group for the years ended December 31
Consolidated balance sheets of the Philips Group as of December 31
Consolidated statements of cash flows of the Philips Group for the years ended December 31
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders equity of the Philips Group
Information by sectors and main country
Significant accounting policies
Notes to the US GAAP consolidated financial statements of the Philips Group
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
Schedules:
Schedules are omitted as they are either not required or the required information is included in
the consolidated financial statements.
74
Item 19. Exhibits
Index of exhibits
|
|
|
Exhibit 1
|
|
English translation of the Articles of Association of the Company. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 2 (b) (1)
|
|
The total amount of long-term debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries
authorized under any one instrument does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Philips and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Philips agrees to furnish copies of any or all such
instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4
|
|
Employment contracts of the members of the Board of Management (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4 of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2003) (File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (a)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and G.J. Kleisterlee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(a) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2007, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (b)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and P-J. Sivignon (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(b) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2004, file No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (c)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and G. Dutiné (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(c) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2007, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (d)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and R.S. Provoost (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(d) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2006, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (e)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and A. Ragnetti (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(e) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2006, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (f)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and S. Rusckowski (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(g) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2007, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 8
|
|
List of Significant Subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 12 (a)
|
|
Certification of G.J. Kleisterlee filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(a). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 12 (b)
|
|
Certification of P-J. Sivignon filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(a). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 13 (a)
|
|
Certification of G.J. Kleisterlee furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(b). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 13 (b)
|
|
Certification of P-J. Sivignon furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(b). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 15 (a)
|
|
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 15 (b)
|
|
The Annual Report to Shareholders for 2008 (except for the omitted portions thereof
identified in the following sentence) is furnished hereby as an exhibit to the Securities and
Exchange Commission for information only. The Annual Report to Shareholders is not filed
except for such specific portions that are expressly incorporated by reference in this Report
on Form 20-F. Furthermore, the Sustainability performance on pages 180 through 191 of the
Annual Report to Shareholders 2008, the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
information, including the financial statements and related notes on pages 192 through 243 of
the Annual Report to Shareholders 2008, and the unconsolidated Company financial statements,
including the notes thereto, also prepared on the basis of IFRS, on pages 244 through 249 of
the Annual Report to Shareholders, have been omitted from the version of such Report being
furnished as an exhibit to this Report on Form 20-F. The IFRS information, Sustainability
performance and Company financial statements have been omitted because Philips primary
consolidated accounts were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States and Philips is not required to include in this Report on Form
20-F the IFRS information, Sustainability performance and Company financial statements. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 15 (c)
|
|
Description of industry terms. |
75
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing
on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign
this annual report on its behalf.
|
|
|
|
|
KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V.
(Registrant) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ G.J. Kleisterlee
G.J. Kleisterlee
|
|
/s/ P-J. Sivignon
P-J. Sivignon
|
|
|
(President, Chairman
|
|
(Executive Vice-President, |
|
|
of the Board of Management and
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, |
|
|
the Group Management Committee)
|
|
member of the Board of Management and |
|
|
|
|
the Group Management Committee) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: February 23, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
76
Exhibits
|
|
|
Exhibit 1
|
|
English translation of the Articles of Association of the Company. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 2 (b) (1)
|
|
The total amount of long-term debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries
authorized under any one instrument does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Philips and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Philips agrees to furnish copies of any or all such
instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4
|
|
Employment contracts of the members of the Board of Management (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4 of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2003) (File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (a)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and G.J. Kleisterlee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4(a) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2007, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (b)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and P-J. Sivignon (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(b) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2004, file No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (c)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and G. Dutiné (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(c) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2007, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (d)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and R.S. Provoost (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(d) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2006, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (e)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and A. Ragnetti (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(e) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2006, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 4 (f)
|
|
Employment contract between the Company and S. Rusckowski (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(g) of the Companys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2007, File No. 001-05146-01). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 8
|
|
List of Significant Subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 12 (a)
|
|
Certification of G.J. Kleisterlee filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(a). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 12 (b)
|
|
Certification of P-J. Sivignon filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(a). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 13 (a)
|
|
Certification of G.J. Kleisterlee furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(b). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 13 (b)
|
|
Certification of P-J. Sivignon furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13a-14(b). |
|
|
|
Exhibit 15 (a)
|
|
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 15 (b)
|
|
The Annual Report to Shareholders for 2008 (except for the omitted portions thereof
identified in the following sentence) is furnished hereby as an exhibit to the Securities and
Exchange Commission for information only. The Annual Report to Shareholders is not filed
except for such specific portions that are expressly incorporated by reference in this Report
on Form 20-F. Furthermore, the Sustainability performance on pages 180 through 191 of the
Annual Report to Shareholders 2008, the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
information, including the financial statements and related notes on pages 192 through 243 of
the Annual Report to Shareholders 2008, and the unconsolidated Company financial statements,
including the notes thereto, also prepared on the basis of IFRS, on pages 244 through 249 of
the Annual Report to Shareholders, have been omitted from the version of such Report being
furnished as an exhibit to this Report on Form 20-F. The IFRS information, Sustainability
performance and Company financial statements have been omitted because Philips primary
consolidated accounts were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States and Philips is not required to include in this Report on Form
20-F the IFRS information, Sustainability performance and Company financial statements. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 15 (c)
|
|
Description of industry terms. |
77